UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K |X|

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 |_| 2004

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 0-26481 [LOGO] Financial Institutions, Inc. (Exact

( Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter) NEW YORK 16-0816610 (State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 220 Liberty Street Warsaw, NY 14569 (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's

NEW YORK16-0816610
(State of Incorporation)(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
220 Liberty Street Warsaw, NY14569
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number Including Area Code:
(585) 786-1100

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
NONE

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Title of Class:
COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01$0.01 PER SHARE

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

     YES |X|þ      NO |_| o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant'sRegistrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K. |_| o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

     YES |X|þ      NO |_| o

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of close of business on June 30, 20032004 was $181,724,967. $208,751,863.

As of March 1, 20042005 there were issued and outstanding, exclusive of treasury shares, 11,172,67311,249,495 shares of the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant'sRegistrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the 20042005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. 2003

2004 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2


PART I

Item 1.I. Business 3 Item 2. Properties 25 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 26 Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 26 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 26 Item 6. Selected Financial Data 27 Item 7. Management's

Forward Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, especially within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, 29 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 48 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 51 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 83 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 83 PART III Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 83 Item 11. Executive Compensation 84 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 84 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 85 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 86 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 86 2 PART I Item I. Business Forward Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements which can be identified bywithin the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In general, the use of such words as estimate, project, believe, intend, anticipate, plan, seek, expect and similar expressions. These statementsexpressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995“forward-looking statements” and may include: o statements regarding our business plans, and prospects; o statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; o statements regarding our growth and operating strategies; o statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and o estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

•  Statements regarding our business plans, and prospects;
•  Statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
•  Statements regarding our growth and operating strategies;
•  Statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
•  Estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements. In order to comply with the terms of the safe harbor, the Company notes that a variety of factors could cause the Company'sCompany’s actual results and experience to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the Company'sCompany’s forward-looking statements. Some of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the operations, performance, development and results of the Company'sCompany’s business, the interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities, and the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses, include but are not limited to the following: o significantly increased competition among depository and other financial institutions; o changes in the interest rate environment that reduces our margins or the fair value of financial instruments; o general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected; o declines in the value of real estate, equipment, livestock and other assets serving as collateral for our loans outstanding; o legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business; o changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; and o changes in accounting policies and practices, as generally accepted in the United States of America.

•  Significantly increased competition between depository and other financial institutions;
•  Changes in the interest rate environment that reduces our margins or the fair value of financial instruments;
•  General economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
•  Declines in the value of real estate, equipment, livestock and other assets serving as collateral for our loans outstanding;
•  Legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business;
•  Changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
•  Changes in accounting policies and practices, as generally accepted in the United States of America; and
•  Actions taken by regulators with jurisdiction over the Company or its bank subsidiaries, either in connection with the formal agreements entered into by the Company’s two national banks or applications that may be made by the Company.

The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made, and advises readers that various factors, including those described above, could affect the Company'sCompany’s financial performance and could cause the Company'sCompany’s actual results or circumstances for future periods to differ materially from those anticipated or projected.

Except as required by law, the Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to publicly release any revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

3


General

Financial Institutions, Inc. (the "Company"“Company” or "FII"“FII”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Warsaw, New York, which is located 45 miles southwest of Rochester and 45 miles southeast of Buffalo. The Company operates a super-community bank holding company - a bank holding company that owns multiple community banks that are separately managed.

The Company owns four commercial banks that provide consumer, commercial and agricultural banking services in Western and Central New York State: Wyoming County Bank ("WCB"(“WCB”), National Bank of Geneva ("NBG"(“NBG”), First Tier Bank & Trust ("FTB"(“FTB”) and Bath National Bank ("BNB"(“BNB”), collectively referred to as the "Banks"“Banks”. During 2002, the Company completed a geographic realignment of the subsidiary banks,Banks, which involved the merger of the subsidiary formerly known as The Pavilion State Bank ("PSB"(“PSB”) into NBG and the subsequent transfer of other branch officesbranches between subsidiary banks.NBG and WCB. In September 2003 the Boards of Directors of the Company'sCompany’s two national bank subsidiaries, NBG and BNB, entered into formal agreements with their primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"(“OCC”). Under the terms of the agreements, NBG and BNB, without admitting any violations, agreed to take various actions to reduce the leveltheir levels of credit, risk in the banks, including reviewing loan policies, charge-off policies for nonaccrual loans, real property appraisal standards, insider lending and overdraft policies and affiliate transactions, and adopting capital plans to ensure levels of risk-based capital at higher than minimum levels. Pursuant to these agreements, the banksNBG and BNB have taken actions required by the agreements to ensure that their operations are in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

The Company formerly qualified as financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (see discussion beginning on page 19), which allowed FII to expand business operations to include financial services businesses. The Company currently has two financial services subsidiaries: The FI Group, Inc. ("FIGI"(“FIGI”) and Burke Group, Inc. ("BGI"(“BGI”), collectively referred to as the "Financial“Financial Services Group" ("FSG"Group” (“FSG”). FIGI is a brokerage subsidiary that commenced operations as a start-up company in March 2000. BGI is an employee benefits and compensation consulting firm acquired by the Company in October 2001. During 2003, the Company terminated its financial holding company status and now operates as a bank holding company. The change in status did not affect the non-financial subsidiaries or activities being conducted by the Company, although future acquisitions or expansions of non-financial activities may require prior Federal Reserve Board approval and will be limited to those that are permissible for bank holding companies.

In February 2001, the Company formed FISI Statutory Trust I ("FISI"(“FISI” or "Trust"“Trust”) (100% owned) and capitalized the trust with a $502,000 investment in FISI'sFISI’s common securities. The Trust was formed to accommodate the private placement of $16.2 million in capital securities ("(“trust preferred securities"securities”), the proceeds of which were utilized to partially fund the acquisition of BNB. Effective December 31, 2003, the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation“Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," resulted in the deconsolidation of the Company's wholly-owned Trust. The deconsolidation resulted in the derecognition of the $16.2 million in trust preferred securities and the recognition of $16.7 million in junior subordinated debentures and a $502,000 investment in the subsidiary trust recorded in other assets in the Company's 2003Company’s consolidated statementstatements of financial position.

As a super-community bank holding company, the Company'sCompany’s strategy has been to manage its bank subsidiariesthe Banks on a decentralized basis. This strategy provides the Banks the flexibility to efficiently serve their markets and respond to local customer needs. While generally operating on a decentralized basis, the Company has consolidated selected lines of business, operations and support functions in order to achieve economies of scale, greater efficiency and operational consistency. In furtherance of this objective, in September 2002, the Company added a Credit Administration Departmentdepartment at the holding company during 2002 to review company-wide credit policies and strengthen overall credit administration. Credit Administration now falls under the supervision of the Chief Risk Officer and has expanded substantially since inception in 2002. In addition, in 2004, the Company added a Loan Servicing department at the holding company level to assume responsibility for the post-closing servicing of loans on behalf of the subsidiary banks.

4


Available Information

This annual report, including the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the annual report, may be inspected at the public reference facility maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"(“SEC”) at its public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549 and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from that office upon payment of the prescribed fees. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room and you can request copies of the documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. In addition, the SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including us, that file electronically with the SEC which can be accessed at www.sec.gov.

The Company also makes available, free of charge through its website at www.fiiwarsaw.com, all reports filed with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after those documents are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information available on our website is not a part of, and shouldis not be incorporated into, this annual report on Form 10-K.

Market Area and Competition

The Company provides a wide range of consumer and commercial banking and financial services to individuals, municipalities and businesses through a network of 4850 branches and 6972 ATMs in fifteen contiguous counties of Western and Central New York State: Allegany, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Erie, Genesee, Livingston, Monroe, Ontario, Schuyler, Seneca, Steuben, Wyoming and Yates Counties.

The Company'sCompany’s market area is geographically and economically diversified in that it serves both rural markets and, increasingly, the larger more affluent markets of suburban Rochester and suburban Buffalo. Rochester and Buffalo are the two largest cities in New York State outside of New York City, with combined metropolitan area populations of over two million people. The Company anticipates increasing its presence in the markets around these two cities.

The Company faces significant competition in both making loans and attracting deposits, as Western and Central New York have a high density of financial institutions. The Company'sCompany’s competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, insurance companies and other financial service companies. Its most direct competition for deposits has historically come from savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions. The Company faces additional competition for deposits from non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and insurance companies.

Operating Segments

The relative asset size, profitability and average number of full-time equivalent employees ("FTEs"(“FTEs”) of the Company'sCompany’s operating segments as of or for the year ended December 31, 2003,2004, are depicted in the following table: (Dollars in thousands)
Percent Net Income Percent Average Percent Subsidiary Assets of Total (Loss) of Total FTEs of Total - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wyoming County Bank $ 754,639 35% $ 9,042 63% 168 23% National Bank of Geneva 721,374 33 151 1 190 27 Bath National Bank 462,113 21 4,108 29 133 19 First Tier Bank & Trust 225,080 11 2,117 15 67 9 Financial Services Group 5,135 -- (115) (1) 50 7 Parent and eliminations, net 5,391 (1,056) (7) 106 15 ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total $2,173,732 100% $ 14,247 100% 714 100% ========== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
                         
(Dollars in thousands)     Percent  Net Income  Percent  Average  Percent 
Subsidiary Assets  of Total  (Loss)  of Total  FTEs  of Total 
Wyoming County Bank $747,228   35% $7,656   61%  167   22%
National Bank of Geneva  686,793   32   566   5   182   24 
Bath National Bank  472,447   22   4,149   33   125   16 
First Tier Bank & Trust  244,110   11   2,291   18   76   10 
Financial Services Group  5,798      (543)  (4)  54   7 
Parent and eliminations, net  (47)     (1,626)  (13)  161   21 
                   
                         
Total $2,156,329   100% $12,493   100%  765   100%
                   

5 Mergers and Acquisitions On December 13, 2002, BNB acquired two Chemung County branch offices of BSB Bank & Trust Company of Binghamton, New York. The two offices purchased, located in Elmira and Elmira Heights, had deposit liabilities totaling $44.2 million at the time of acquisition. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, of approximately $1.5 million has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," the Company is not required to amortize goodwill recognized in this acquisition. The Company also recorded a $2.0 million intangible asset attributable to core deposits, which is being amortized using the straight-line method over seven years. On May 1, 2002, FII acquired all of the common stock of the Bank of Avoca ("BOA") in exchange for 47,036 shares of FII common stock. BOA was a community bank with its main office located in Avoca, New York, as well as a branch office in Cohocton, New York. Subsequent to the acquisition, BOA was merged with BNB. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price ($1.5 million) over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired ($18.4 million), less liabilities assumed ($17.3 million), of approximately $0.4 million has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company is not required to amortize goodwill recognized in this acquisition. The Company recorded a $146,000 core deposit intangible asset, which is being amortized using the straight-line method over seven years. The results of operations for BOA are included in the income statements from the date of acquisition (May 1, 2002). On October 22, 2001, the Company acquired the Burke Group, Inc. ("BGI"); an employee benefits administration and compensation consulting firm, with offices in Honeoye Falls and Syracuse, New York. BGI's expertise includes design and consulting for retirement and employee welfare plans, administrative services for defined contribution and benefit plans, actuarial services and post employment benefits. Under the terms of the agreement, BGI shareholders received primarily common stock as consideration for their ownership in BGI. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price ($3.3 million including earned amounts and contingent amounts to date, see Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional discussion regarding the merger consideration) over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired ($1.7 million), less liabilities assumed ($1.7 million), of approximately $3.3 million has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company is not required to amortize goodwill recognized in this acquisition. The Company also recorded a $500,000 intangible asset for a customer list that is being amortized using the straight-line method over five years. The results of operations for BGI are included in the income statements from the date of acquisition (October 22, 2001). On May 1, 2001, FII acquired all of the common stock of BNC, and its wholly owned subsidiary bank, BNB. BNB is a full service community bank headquartered in Bath, New York, which had 9 branch locations in Steuben, Yates, Ontario and Schuyler Counties. The Company paid $48.00 per share in cash for each of the outstanding shares of BNC common stock with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $62.6 million. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price ($62.6 million) over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired ($295.4 million), less liabilities assumed ($269.9 million), of approximately $37.1 million has been recorded as goodwill. Goodwill was amortized in 2001 using the straight-line method over 15 years, since the transaction was consummated prior to June 30, 2001, the effective date of SFAS No. 142. However, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company ceased goodwill amortization on January 1, 2002. The results of operations for BNB are included in the income statements from the date of acquisition (May 1, 2001). 6


Lending Activities

General.The Company, through its banking subsidiaries,the Banks, offers a broad range of loans including commercial and agricultural working capital and revolving lines of credit, commercial and agricultural mortgages, equipment loans, crop and livestock loans, residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit, home improvement loans, student loans, automobile loans and personal loans and credit cards.loans. Under the Company'sCompany’s decentralized management philosophy, each of the banksBanks determines individually which loans are sold and which are retained for the portfolio. However, most newly originated fixed rate residential mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market. The Company retains the servicing rights on most mortgage loans it sells and realizes monthly service fee income. Underwriting Standards. During 2003,

Lending Philosophy and Objectives. The Company has thoroughly evaluated and updated its lending policy over the Company expanded the role of the position formerly known as Chief Credit Officer to Chief Risk Officer in an effort to better manage overall corporate risk. The Credit Administration Department, which falls under the supervision of the Chief Risk Officer, was given the responsibility of reviewing company-wide credit policies with the goal of developing and implementing stronger and more standardized underwriting and credit administration policies. This process included a thorough evaluation and update of the Company's loan policy and the adoption of enhanced risk rating guidelines company-wide.last two years. The revisions to the loan policy included a renewed focus on the Company'sCompany’s lending philosophy and credit objectives.

The key elements of the Company'sCompany’s lending philosophy include the following: o to ensure consistent underwriting, all employees must share a common view of the risks inherent in lending to businesses as well as the standards to be applied in underwriting and managing specific credit exposures; o pricing of credit products should be risk-based; o the loan portfolio must be diversified to limit the potential impact of negative events; and o careful, timely exposure monitoring through dynamic use of our risk rating system, is required to provide early warning and assure proactive management of potential problems.

•  To ensure consistent underwriting, all employees must share a common view of the risks inherent in lending to businesses as well as the standards to be applied in underwriting and managing specific credit exposures;
•  Pricing of credit products should be risk-based;
•  The loan portfolio must be diversified to limit the potential impact of negative events; and
•  Careful, timely exposure monitoring through dynamic use of our risk rating system, is required to provide early warning and assure proactive management of potential problems.

The Company'sCompany’s credit objectives are as follows: o service the legitimate credit needs of small businesses within target markets of our subsidiary banks; o compete effectively as a high volume producer of credit to commercial and agricultural business within our markets; o maintain our banks' reputations for superior quality and timely delivery of products and services to our customers; o continue to provide competitive pricing that reflects the entire relationship and is commensurate with the risk profiles of our borrowers; o retain, develop and acquire profitable, multi-product, value added relationships with high quality businesses; o continue the focus on government guaranteed lending and establish a specialization in this area to meet the needs of the small businesses in our communities; and o comply with the relevant laws and regulations.

•  Service the legitimate credit needs of small businesses within target markets of our Banks;
•  Compete effectively as a high volume producer of credit to commercial and agricultural business within our markets;
•  Maintain our banks’ reputations for superior quality and timely delivery of products and services to our customers;
•  Continue to provide competitive pricing that reflects the entire relationship and is commensurate with the risk profiles of our borrowers;
•  Retain, develop and acquire profitable, multi-product, value added relationships with high quality businesses;
•  Continue the focus on government guaranteed lending and establish a specialization in this area to meet the needs of the small businesses in our communities; and
•  Comply with the relevant laws and regulations.

Loan Approval Process.The loan policy establishes the lending authority of individualCompany’s loan officers as well asapproval process and the appropriate committee structures necessary to facilitate and insure the highest possible loan authority of the banks' loan committees.quality decision-making in a timely and businesslike manner. The policy limits exposure to any one borrower or affiliated group of borrowers to a limit of $8,000,000 unless the amount above that number has liquid collateral pledged as security or has a U.S. Government agency guarantee. The Senior policy establishes requirements for extending credit based on the size, risk rating and type of credit involved. The policy also set limits on individual loan officer lending authority and various forms of joint lending authority, while designating which loans are required to be approved at the committee levels.

Loan Administrators and Commercial Team Leaders can approve loans up to $500,000 jointly. Review Program.The subsidiary bank CEOs and Senior Loan Administrators can approve loans up to $1,000,000 jointly. Each bank hasCompany’s policy includes an External Loan Committee that consists of up to three lending officers and at least two outside bank directors. The External Loan Committee may approve loans up to $2,000,000. Loans of $2,000,000 and over requireactive loan review program, under the approval of 7 the Company's Executive Loan Committee. The Executive Loan Committee consistssupervision of the Company's CEO,Company’s Audit Committee and directed by the FII Chief Risk Officer, (non-voting), the FII Risk Manager, the FII Loan Administration Manager,to review each subsidiary Bank’s credit function in order to render an independent and objective valuation of each Bank’s

6


asset quality, credit approval process, ongoing monitoring of the portfolio and adequacy of each Bank’s allowance for loan losses. See also the Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Item 9A of this Report.

Risk Ratings.Risk ratings are assigned to loans in the commercial, commercial real estate and agricultural portfolios. The risk ratings are specifically used as follows:

•  Profile Bank’s risk and exposure in the loan portfolio and identify developing trends and relative levels of risk;
•  Guide polices which control individual exposure with regard to the degree of risk;
•  Identify deteriorating credits which may become criticized according to regulatory definitions; and
•  Reflect the probability that a given customer may default on its obligations to pay in a timely fashion.

Through the loan approval process and loan review program, the Banks maintain internal risk rating reports, which along with delinquency reporting, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses.

The Company’s definitions of risk ratings are as follows.

“1” Superior. A borrowing facility may be assigned a risk rating of “1” if the loan principal or credit commitment is secured by cash collateral or a properly margined publicly traded stock or investment grade bond.

“2” Excellent. The “2” risk rating category reflects excellent financial condition and strength, depth of management and market leadership within a well-regarded industry. The borrowers credit history is flawless.

“3” Satisfactory. Overall credit quality is satisfactory, but borrower may show smaller, although acceptable, margins of debt service, creating some elements of uncertainty. Historical cash flow patterns maybe inconsistent, with a loss year or erratic earnings history evident, and liquidity and balance sheet leverage are in line with or slightly less than industry norms. Overall financial condition remains stable.

“4” Watch. Although basically a satisfactory account, a higher degree of risk is evident. Characteristics for this rating may be the following: negative trends such as declining revenues or earnings, strained cash flow, increased leverage or overall weakening in the financial strength of the borrower. Negative industry conditions or weaker management could also be characteristic of a “4” rating.

For internal classification purposes and analysis of each Bank’s allowance for loan losses, ratings “1” through “4” are considered uncriticized credits.

“5” Warning or Special Mention. Loan with this rating are currently protected but potentially weak. These loans may constitute an undue and unwarranted risk but not to the point of classifying as substandard. Assets classified as “5” have potential weaknesses which may, if not corrected, weaken the loan or inadequately protect the bank’s credit position. Loans which might be rated within this category include the following: credits that have inadequate covenants, the condition and control of the collateral is insufficient, missing documentation or any other deviation from prudent lending practices. Also, an adverse trend in the borrower’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet that has not reached a point where the full collection is jeopardized may be best handled by this classification.

“6” Substandard. A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the full collection of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank CEO,will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Substandard loans may be placed on nonaccrual status and may have specific loss allowances assigned. Once a loan is identified as substandard, the credit relationship is assigned to the Credit Administration

7


department’s Loan Workout Group. The Loan Workout Group performs a detailed analysis of each substandard credit, which includes evaluating the borrower’s paying capacity and assessing the collateral supporting the loans outstanding. Various forms of collateral including receivables, inventory, livestock, equipment, real property and other assets, secure the majority of the substandard credits. The Loan Workout Group also quantifies credit loss exposure by determining specific loss allowances where appropriate.

“7” Doubtful. An asset classified as “7” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified as a substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Due to high probability of loss, non-accrual accounting treatment is required for all assets listed as doubtful.

“8” Loss. Assets are classified as “loss” when considered to be uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather, that it is not practical or desirable to defer write-off even though partial recovery may be achieved in the future.

Delinquencies and Nonperforming Assets.The Banks have several procedures in place to assist in maintaining the overall quality of the Company’s loan portfolio. Standardized underwriting guidelines have been established for subsidiary bank lending officers. The Company requires each bank subsidiary to report delinquencies on a monthly basis, and the Chief Risk Officer monitors these levels to identify adverse trends.

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status and cease accruing interest when the payment of principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral further supports the carrying value of the loan.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The allowance reflects management’s estimate of the amount of probable loan losses in the portfolio, based on the following factors:

•  Historical charge-off experience;
•  Evaluation of the loan portfolio by the loan review function;
•  Levels and trends in delinquent and nonaccrual loans;
•  Trends in volume and terms;
•  Collateral values;
•  Effects of changes in lending policy;
•  Experience, ability and depth of management;
•  National and local economic trends and conditions; and
•  Concentration of credit.

Management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for loan losses to each subsidiary bank SeniorBank’s Board of Directors as well as to the Company’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In order to determine the allowance for loan losses, the risk rating and delinquency status of loans and other factors are considered, such as collateral value, government guarantees, portfolio composition, trends in economic conditions and the financial strength of borrowers. Specific allowances for loans, which have been individually evaluated for impairment, are established when required. An allowance is also established for groups of loans with similar risk characteristics, based upon average historical charge-off experience taking into account levels and trends in delinquencies, loan volumes, economic and industry

8


trends and concentrations of credit. See also the sections titled “Analysis of Allowance for Loan Administrator. Losses” and “Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses” in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation”.

Commercial Loans.The Company, through its banking subsidiaries, originates commercial loans in its primary market areas and underwrites them based on the borrower'sborrower’s ability to service the loan from operating income. The Company, through its banking subsidiaries, offers a broad range of commercial lending products, including term loans and lines of credit. Short and medium-term commercial loans, primarily collateralized, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), business expansion (including acquisition of real estate, expansion and improvements) and the purchase of equipment. As a general practice, a collateral lien is placed on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and a personal guarantee of the borrower is obtained. At December 31, 2003, $322004, $31 million, or 12.9%15.1%, of the aggregate commercial loan portfolio was at fixed rates while $216$172 million, or 87.1%84.9%, was at variable rates. The Company also utilizes government loan guarantee programs offered by the Small Business Administration (or "SBA"“SBA”) and Rural Economic and Community Development (or "RECD"“RECD”) when appropriate. See "Government“Government Guarantee Programs"Programs” below.

Commercial Real Estate Loans.Loans. In addition to commercial loans secured by real estate, the Company, through its banking subsidiaries,the Banks, makes commercial real estate loans to finance the purchase of real property, which generally consists of real estate with completed structures. Commercial real estate loans are secured by first liens on the real estate, typically have variable interest rates and are amortized over a 10 to 20 year period. The underwriting analysis includes credit verification, appraisals and a review of the borrower'sborrower’s financial condition. At December 31, 2003, $462004, $39 million, or 12.5%11.4%, of the aggregate commercial real estate loan portfolio was at fixed rates while $324$305 million, or 87.5%88.6%, was at variable rates.

Agricultural Loans.Agricultural loans are offered for short-term crop production, farm equipment and livestock financing and agricultural real estate financing, including term loans and lines of credit. Short and medium-term agricultural loans, primarily collateralized, are made available for working capital (crops and livestock), business expansion (including acquisition of real estate, expansion and improvement) and the purchase of equipment. The Banks also closely monitor commodity prices and inventory build-up in various commodity categories to better anticipate price changes in key agricultural products that could adversely affect the borrowers'borrowers’ ability to repay their loans. At December 31, 20032004 the Company had $119$97 million in loans to the dairy industry, which represents 8.9%7.7% of the total loan portfolio. The dairy industry ishas been under stress from an extended period of low milk prices. Borrower cash flows in the dairy industry have recently improved due to stabilization and upward movement in milk prices. The Company and the Banks routinely evaluatesevaluate the effect of those price changesthe change in milk prices on the cash flow of borrowers and the values of collateral supporting those loans. Borrower cash flows in the dairy industry have recently improved due to some stabilization and upward movement in milk prices. At December 31, 2003, $212004, $23 million, or 9.1%12.0%, of the agricultural loan portfolio was at fixed rates while $214$172 million, or 90.9%88.0%, was at variable rates. The Banks utilize government loan guarantee programs offered by the SBA and the Farm Service Agency (or "FSA"“FSA”) of the United States Department of Agriculture where available and appropriate. See "Government“Government Guarantee Programs"Programs” below.

Residential Real Estate Loans.The Banks originate fixed and variable rate one-to-four family residential real estate loans collateralized by owner-occupied properties located in its market areas. A variety of real estate loan products, which generally are amortized over five to 30 years, are offered. Loans collateralized by one-to-four family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 80% of appraised value or have mortgage insurance. Mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance are normally required. The Company sells most newly originated fixed rate one-to-four family residential mortgages on the secondary mortgage market and retains the rights to service the mortgages. To assure maximum salability of the residential loan products for possible resale, the Company has formally adopted the underwriting, appraisal, and servicing guidelines of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("(“Freddie Mac"Mac”) as part of its standard loan policy. At December 31, 2003,2004, the residential mortgage servicing portfolio totaled $386$388 million, the majority of which have been sold to Freddie Mac. At December 31, 2003, $1972004, $211 million, or 78.5%81.4%, of residential real estate loans retained in portfolio were at fixed rates while $54$48 million, or 21.5%18.6%, were at variable rates. 8

9


Consumer and Home Equity Loans.The Banks originate direct and indirect credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, boat loans, home improvement loans, fixed and open-ended home equity loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized), student loans and deposit account collateralized loans. Visa cards that provide consumer credit lines are also issued. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 120 months and vary based upon the nature of the collateral and the size of loan. The majority of the consumer lending program is underwritten on a secured basis using the customer'scustomer’s home or the financed automobile, mobile home, boat or recreational vehicle as collateral. At December 31, 2003, $1392004, $137 million, or 57.7%54.8%, of consumer and home equity loans were at fixed rates while $102$114 million, or 42.3%45.2%, were at variable rates.

Government Guarantee Programs.Programs. The Banks participate in government loan guarantee programs offered by the SBA, RECD and FSA. At December 31, 2003,2004, the Banks had loans with an aggregate principal balance of $45.9$38.1 million that were covered by guarantees under these programs. The guarantees only cover a certain percentage of these loans. By participating in these programs, the Banks are able to broaden their base of borrowers while minimizing credit risk. Delinquencies and Nonperforming Assets. The Banks have several procedures in place to assist in maintaining the overall quality of the Company's loan portfolio. Standardized underwriting guidelines have been established for subsidiary bank lending officers. The Company requires each bank subsidiary to report delinquencies on a monthly basis, and the Chief Risk Officer monitors these levels to identify adverse trends. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status and cease accruing interest when the payment of principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral further supports the carrying value of the loan. Classification of Assets. As previously indicated, the Company adopted enhanced risk rating guidelines company-wide during 2003. Risk ratings are assigned to loans in the commercial, commercial real estate and agricultural portfolios. The risk ratings are specifically used as follows: o profile banks' risk and exposure in the loan portfolio and identify developing trends and relative levels of risk; o guide polices which control individual exposure with regard to degree of risk; o identify deteriorating credits which may become criticized according to regulatory definitions; and o reflect the probability that a given customer may default on its obligations to pay in a timely fashion. Through the underwriting and loan review process, the Banks maintain internally classified loan lists which, along with delinquency reporting, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the allowance for loan losses. Loans classified as "watch" are basically satisfactory, but a higher degree of risk is evident. Loans classified as "warning" or "special mention" have potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken the loan or inadequately protect the banks' credit position. "Substandard" loans are those with clear and well-defined weaknesses such as a higher leveraged position, unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition, which may jeopardize the full collection of the debt. Substandard loans may be placed on nonaccrual status and may have specific loss allowances assigned. Once a loan is identified as substandard, the credit relationship is assigned to the Credit Administration Department's Loan Workout Group. The Loan Workout Group performs a detailed analysis of each substandard credit, which includes evaluating the borrower's paying capacity and assessing the collateral supporting the loans outstanding. Various forms of collateral including receivables, inventory, livestock, equipment, real property and other assets, secure the majority of the substandard credits. The Loan Workout Group also quantifies credit loss exposure by determining specific loss allowances where appropriate. 9 Loans classified as "doubtful" have characteristics similar to substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Due to the high probability of loss, nonaccrual accounting treatment is required for all assets listed as doubtful. Assets are classified as "loss" when considered to be uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather, that it is not practical or desirable to defer write-off even though partial recovery may be achieved in the future. Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The allowance reflects management's estimate of the amount of probable loan losses in the portfolio, based on the following factors: o historical charge-off experience; o the evaluation of the loan portfolio by the loan review function; o levels and trends in delinquencies and non-accruals; o trends in volume and terms; o collateral values; o effects of changes in lending policy; o experience, ability and depth of management; o national and local economic trends and conditions; and o concentration of credit. Subsidiary Bank management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for loan losses to each subsidiary Bank's Board of Directors as well as to the Company's Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In order to determine the allowance for loan losses, the risk classification and delinquency status of loans and other factors are considered, such as collateral value, government guarantees, portfolio composition, trends in economic conditions and the financial strength of borrowers. Specific allowances for loans, which have been individually evaluated for impairment, are established when required. An allowance is also established for groups of loans with similar risk characteristics, based upon average historical charge-off experience taking into account levels and trends in delinquencies, loan volumes, economic and industry trends and concentrations of credit.

Investment Activities

General.The Company'sCompany’s investment securities policy is contained within the overall Asset-Liability Management and Investment Policy. This policy dictates that investment decisions will be made based on the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, need for collateral and desired risk parameters. In pursuing these objectives, the Company considers the ability of an investment to provide earnings consistent with factors of quality, maturity, marketability and risk diversification. The Board of each subsidiary bankBank adopts an asset/liability policy containing an investment securities policy within the parameters of the Company'sCompany’s overall asset/liability policy. The FII Treasurer, guided by the separate ALCO Committees of each subsidiary bank,Bank, is responsible for securitiesinvestment portfolio decisions within the established policies. 10

The Company'sCompany’s investment securities strategy centers on providing liquidity to meet loan demand and redeeming liabilities, meeting pledging requirements, managing overall interest rate riskand credit risks and maximizing portfolio yield. The Company policy generally limits security purchases to the following: o U.S. treasury securities; o U.S. government agency and government sponsored agency securities; o mortgage-backed pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"); o investment grade municipal securities, including tax, revenue and bond anticipation notes and general obligation and revenue notes and bonds; o certain creditworthy un-rated securities issued by municipalities; and investment grade corporate debt.

•  U.S. treasury securities;
•  U.S. government agency and government sponsored agency securities;
•  Mortgage-backed pass-through securities (“MBSs”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”);
•  Investment grade municipal securities, including tax, revenue and bond anticipation notes and general obligation and revenue notes and bonds;
•  Certain creditworthy un-rated securities issued by municipalities; and investment grade asset-backed securities (“ABSs”), MBSs and corporate debt; and preferred stock.

Additionally, the Company'sCompany’s investment policy limits investments in corporate bonds to no more than 10% of total investments and to bonds rated as Baa or better by Moody'sMoody’s Investor Services, Inc. or BBB or better by Standard & Poor'sPoor’s Ratings Services at the time of purchase.

Sources of Funds

General.Deposits and borrowed funds are the primary sources of the Company'sCompany’s funds for use in lending, investing and for other general purposes. In addition, repayments on loans, proceeds from sales of loans and securities, and cash flows from operations provide additional sources of funds.

Deposits.The Company, through its banking subsidiaries, offers a variety of deposit account products with a range of interest rates and terms. The deposit accounts consist of savings, interest-bearing checking accounts, checking accounts, money market accounts, savings, club accounts and certificates of deposit. The Company also offers certificates of deposit with balances in excess of $100,000 at preferential rates (jumbo certificates) to local municipalities, businesses, and individuals as well as Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs"(“IRAs”) and other

10


qualified plan accounts. To enhance its deposit product offerings, the Company provides commercial checking accounts for small to moderately sized commercial businesses, as well as a low-cost checking account service for low-income customers. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. The Banks'Banks’ deposits are obtained predominantly from the areas in which the Banks'Banks’ branch offices are located. The Banks rely primarily on competitive pricing of their deposit products, customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits. On a secondary basis, the Company utilizes time deposit sales in the national brokered market ("(“brokered deposits"deposits”) as a wholesale funding source.

Borrowed Funds.Borrowings consist mainly of advances entered into with the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"(“FHLB”), a debt agreement with a commercial bank, Federal funds purchased and sweepsecurities sold under repurchase agreements.

Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trust.The Company formed a trustthe Trust in February 2001 to accommodatefacilitate the private placement of capital securities, the proceeds of which were utilized to partially fund the acquisition of BNC. BNB.

Risk Factors

Asset Quality.A significant source of risk for the Company and the Banks arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. Most loans originated by the CompanyBanks are secured, but loans may be unsecured depending on the nature of the loan. With respect to secured loans, the collateral securing the repayment of these loans includes a wide variety of diverse real and personal property that may be insufficient to cover the obligations owed under such loans. Collateral values may be adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including declines in the value of real estate, changes in interest rates, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, wide-spread 11 disease, terrorist activity, environmental contamination and other external events. In addition, collateral appraisals that are out of date or that do not meet M.A.I. or other recognized standards may create the impression that a loan is adequately collateralized when in fact it is not. The Company has adopted underwritingloan approval and credit monitoringloan review policies and procedures, and policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for loan losses and regular review of appraisals and borrower financial statements, that management believes are appropriate to mitigate the risk of loss by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance and the value of available collateral, monitoring loan performance and diversifying the Company'sCompany’s credit portfolio. Such policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.liquidity, and the Banks may not properly or fully implement these policies and procedures. See "Lending Activities"“Lending Activities” for further discussion on underwriting standards. of loan approval policies and the loan review program.

Interest Rate Risk.The bank industrybanking industry’s earnings depend largely on the relationship between the yield on earning assets, primarily loans and investments, and the cost of funds, primarily deposits and borrowings. This relationship, known as the interest rate spread, is subject to fluctuation and is affected by economic and competitive factors which influence interest rates, the volume and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the level of non-performing assets. Fluctuations in interest rates affect the demand of customers for the Company'sCompany’s products and services. The Company isand its Banks are subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest bearing liabilities repricere-price or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than its interest earning assets. Significant fluctuations in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For additional information regarding interest rate risk, see Part II, Item 7A, "Quantitative“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."

Changes in the Value of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The Company had goodwill of $40.6 million and other intangible assets of $2.7 million as of December 31, 2003. Under current accounting standards, the Company is not required to amortize goodwill but rather must evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. If deemed impaired at any point in the future, an impairment charge representing all or a portion of goodwill will be recorded to current earnings in the period in which the impairment occurred.

11


The capitalized value of other intangible assets is amortized to earnings over their estimated lives. Other intangible assets are also subject to periodic impairment reviews. If these assets are deemed impaired at any point in the future, an impairment charge will be recorded to current earnings in the period in which the impairment occurred. For additional information regarding goodwill and other intangible assets, seeSee also Note 6 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Breach of Information Security and Technology Dependence.The Company depends upon data processing, software, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks and over the internet. Despite instituted safeguards, the Company cannot be certain that all of its systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. The Company relies on the services of a variety of vendors to meet its data processing and communication needs. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and the Company could be exposed to claims from customers. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Economic Conditions, Limited Geographic Diversification.The Company'sCompany’s banking operations are located in Western and Central New York State. Because of the geographic concentration of its operations, the Company'sCompany’s results depend largely upon economic conditions in this area, which include depressedvolatility in wholesale milk prices, losses of manufacturing jobs in Rochester and Buffalo, and minimal population growth throughout the region. Further deterioration in economic conditions could adversely affect the quality of the Company'sCompany’s loan portfolio and the demand for its products and services, and accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. See also "Marketthe section titled “Market Area and Competition." Competition”.

Ability of the Company to Execute Its Business Strategy.The financial performance and profitability of the Company will depend on its ability to execute its strategic plan and manage its future growth. Although the Company believes that it has substantially integrated recently acquired banks into the 12 Company's operations, there can be no assurance that unforeseen issues relating to the assimilation or prior operations of these banks, including the emergence of any material undisclosed liabilities, will not materially adversely affect the Company. In addition, the effect of the formal agreements entered into by NBG and BNB with the OCC has been to increase the capital needs at those banks, and to increase staffing and loan administration expense. It is unlikely that either of these banks will be able to grow significantly through loan growth or acquisitions while the formal agreements remain in place. The Company has incurred, and may continue to incur, additional operating costs in connection with compliance with the formal agreements including, among others, incremental staff and continued higheraccounting, legal accounting and consulting expenses. Further, the reputationalreputation risk created by the formal agreements could have an impact on such matters as business generation and retention, the ability to attract and retain management at the banks, liquidity and funding. The Company'sCompany’s financial performance will also depend on the Company'sCompany’s ability to maintain profitable operations through implementing its strategic plan. Moreover, the Company'sCompany’s future performance is subject to a number of factors beyond its control, including when and under what conditions the formal agreements are lifted at BNB and NBG, pending and future federal and state banking legislation, regulatory changes, unforeseen litigation outcomes, inflation, lending and deposit rate changes, interest rate fluctuations, increased competition and economic conditions. Accordingly, these issues could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Dependence on Key Personnel.The Company'sCompany’s success depends to a significant extent on the management skills of its existing executive officers and directors, many of whom have held officer and director positions with the Company for many years. The loss or unavailability of any of its key executives or directors, including Peter G. Humphrey, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer, James T. Rudgers, Senior Vice President and Chief of Community Banking, Ronald M. Miller, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, or Thomas D. Grover, Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer or Matthew T. Murtha, Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing, could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. See also Part III, Item 10, "Directors“Directors and Executive Officers of Registrant." Registrant”.

Competition.National competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader array of financial services than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete effectively in its markets. Furthermore, developments increasing the nature or level of competition could have a material adverse effect on the Company's

12


Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. See also "Marketthe sections titled “Market Area and Competition"Competition” and "Supervision“Supervision and Regulation."

Government Regulation and Monetary Policy.The Company and the banking industry are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. The restrictions imposed by such laws and regulations limit the manner in which the Company conducts its banking business, undertakes new investments and activities and obtains financing. These regulations are designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit holders of the Company'sCompany’s securities. Financial institution regulation has been the subject of significant legislation in recent years and may be the subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of which is in the control of the Company. Significant new laws or changes in, or repeals of, existing laws could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Further, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects credit conditions for the Company, and any unfavorable change in these conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. See also "Supervision“Supervision and Regulation." Regulation”.

Supervision and Regulation
The supervision and regulation of financial and bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit insurance funds regulated by the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of shareholders or creditors of bank holding companies. The various bank regulatory agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including the power to impose substantial fines, operational restrictions and other penalties for violations of laws and regulations. 13

The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company and its subsidiaries are subject. References to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries and do not claim to be complete. They are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. Management believes the Company is in compliance in all material respects with these laws and regulations. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact the Company cannot necessarily be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and earnings of the Company.

The Company

The Company is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. During 2003, the Company terminated its financial holding company status and now operates as a bank holding company. The change in status did not affect any non-financial subsidiaries or activities being conducted by the Company, although future acquisitions or expansions of non-financial activities may require prior Federal Reserve Board approval and will be limited to those that are permissible for bank holding companies. The Bank Holding Company Act and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength.Strength. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the holding company'scompany’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company'scompany’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when, absent this Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company in certain circumstances could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.

13


Safe and Sound Banking Practices.Practices. Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board'sBoard’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company'scompany’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1,000,000 for each day the activity continues.

Anti-Tying Restrictions.Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates. In late 2002, the Federal Reserve Board adopted Regulation W, a comprehensive synthesis of prior opinions and interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Regulation W contains an extensive discussion of tying arrangements, which could impact the way banks and bank holding companies transact business with affiliates. 14

Capital Adequacy Requirements.Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a "risk-weighted"“risk-weighted” asset base. The guidelines require a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2003,2004, the Company'sCompany’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets was 10.18%11.27% and the ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 11.44%12.54%. See "Management'salso the section titled “Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Financial Condition-Capital Resources." Operation” and Note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company'scompany’s Tier 1 capital divided by three-monthquarterly average consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding companies may be required to maintain a leverage ratio of up to 200 basis points above the regulatory minimum. As of December 31, 2003,2004, the Company'sCompany’s leverage ratio was 7.03%7.13%.

The federal banking agencies'agencies’ risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries.Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take "prompt“prompt corrective action"action” to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution becomes "undercapitalized,"“undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary'ssubsidiary’s compliance with

14


the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institutions holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.

The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution'sinstitution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be "adequately“adequately capitalized." The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes "significantly"“significantly” or "critically"“critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies.Companies. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and various competitive factors.

Control Acquisitions.Acquisitions. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring "control"“control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of 15 securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the Company.

In addition, any entity is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of the Company'sCompany’s outstanding common stock, or otherwise obtaining control or a "controlling influence"“controlling influence” over the Company.

The Banks

Wyoming County Bank ("WCB"(“WCB”) and First Tier Bank & Trust ("FTB"(“FTB”) are New York State-chartered banks. National Bank of Geneva ("NBG"(“NBG”) and Bath National Bank ("BNB"(“BNB”) are national banks chartered by the Office of the Comptroller of Currency. The FDIC, through the Bank Insurance Fund, insures all of the deposits of the four subsidiary banks. FTB is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Banks are subject to supervision and regulation that subject them to special restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement actions and periodic examination by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the New York State Banking Department (in the case of the state-chartered banks) and the Office of the Comptroller of Currency (in the case of the national banks). Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates the bank holding company parent of the Banks, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority, which directly affects the banks.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.Insiders. Transactions between the holding company and its subsidiaries, including the Banks, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, and to the requirements of Regulation W. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties, which are collateralized by the securities, or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and to the requirements of Regulation W which generally requires that certain transactions between the holding company and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the banks, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons.

15


The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as "insiders"“insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution'sinstitution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.

Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets.Assets. Dividends paid by the Banks have provided a substantial part of the Company'sCompany’s operating funds and, for the foreseeable future, it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Banks will continue to be its principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the subsidiaries. Under federal law, the subsidiaries cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, a particular subsidiary will be "undercapitalized."“undercapitalized.” The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even though the bank would continue to meet its capital requirements after the dividend. NeitherOne of the terms of the OCC formal agreements enteredrequired NBG and BNB to adopt dividend policies that would permit them to declare dividends only when they are in compliance with their approved capital plan and the provisions of 12 U.S.C. Section 56 and 60, and upon prior written notice to (but not consent of) the Assistant Deputy Comptroller. Neither bank has had its respective capital plan approved by the OCC or declared a dividend since entering into the agreements. The Boards of both NBG and BNB have recently adopted resolutions providing that no dividends will be declared without the prior written approval of the OCC, and the Board of the Company has adopted a parallel resolution pursuant to which it has agreed not to request a dividend from either bank until their respective capital plans and proposed dividend declarations have been approved by NBG or BNB restrictthe OCC. Continued restrictions on the ability of the banksNBG and BNB to pay dividends would adversely impact the Company’s ability to the Company, provided the minimum capital requirements set forth in the agreements are met. maintain its current level of dividends.

Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, the Company'sCompany’s right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary'ssubsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary'ssubsidiary’s creditors. In the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated 16 creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the institution to its shareholders, including any depository bank holding company (such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof. Examinations.

Examinations. The New York State Banking Department (in the case of WCB and FTB), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (in the case of NBG and BNB), the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC periodically examine and evaluate the Banks. Based upon such examinations, the appropriate regulator may revalue the assets of the institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between what the regulator determines the value to be and the book value of such assets.

Audit Reports.Reports. Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more at the beginning of a fiscal year must submit annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution'sinstitution’s holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of enforcement actions. In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management'smanagement’s certifications concerning responsibility for the financial statements, internal controls and compliance with legal requirements designated by the FDIC, and an attestation by the auditor regarding the statements of management relating to the internal controls must be submitted. The FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 requires that independent audit committees be formed, consisting of outside directors only. The committees of institutions with assets of more than $3 billion must include members with experience in banking or financial management must have access to outside counsel and must not include representatives of large customers.

16


Capital Adequacy Requirements.Requirements. The FDIC has adopted regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of insured institutions. The FDIC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has previously received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk.

The FDIC'sFDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines generally require banks to have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The capital categories have the same definitions for the Company. As of December 31, 2003,2004, the ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets for the Banks was 8.91%9.71% for WCB, 11.15%13.36% for NBG, 13.69%15.62% for BNB, and 10.90%11.40% for FTB, and the ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 10.16%10.97% for WCB, 12.41%14.65% for NBG, 14.94%16.88% for BNB, and 12.16%12.65% for FTB. See "Management's“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--LiquidityOperations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." Resources” and Note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

The FDIC'sFDIC’s leverage guidelines require banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total assets, except in the case of certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total assets. As of December 31, 2003,2004, the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio) was 6.71%6.82% for WCB, 8.04%8.47% for NBG, 8.02%8.78% for BNB, and 6.09%5.96% for FTB. See "Management's“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--LiquidityOperations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." Resources” and Note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

As part of the agreements in place with their primary regulator, NBG and BNB were required to develop capital plans enabling them to achieve, by March 31, 2004, Tier 1 leverage capital equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets, Tier 1 risk-based capital equal to 10% of risk-weighted assets, and total risk-based capital of 12% of risk-weighted assets. Each of the banks meetshas met the required levels at each quarterly reporting period since December 31, 2003.

Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies.Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required to take "prompt“prompt corrective action"action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are "well-capitalized," "adequately“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized"” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and "critically“critically undercapitalized." A "well-capitalized"“well-capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An "adequately capitalized"“adequately capitalized” bank 17 has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well-capitalized bank. A bank is "undercapitalized"“undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the "adequately capitalized"“adequately capitalized” ratios.

In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.

As an institution'sinstitution’s capital decreases, the FDIC'sFDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.

17


Deposit Insurance Assessments.Assessments. The bank subsidiaries must pay assessments to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance protection. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system as required by the FDIC Improvement Act. Under this system, FDIC-insured depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. Institutions assigned to higher risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a greater risk of loss to their respective deposit insurance funds) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution'sinstitution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances.

The FDIC maintains a process for raising or lowering all rates for insured institutions semi-annually if conditions warrant a change. Under this system, the FDIC has the flexibility to adjust the assessment rate schedule twice a year without seeking prior public comment, but only within a range of five cents per $100 above or below the premium schedule adopted. The FDIC can make changes in the rate schedule outside the five-cent range above or below the current schedule only after a full rulemaking with opportunity for public comment.

As of December 31, 2004, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) categorized the Company and its subsidiary banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. For purposes of determining the annual deposit insurance assessment rate for insured depository institutions, each insured institution is assigned an assessment risk classification. Each institution’s assigned risk classification is composed of a group and subgroup assignment based on capital group and supervisory subgroup. Although NBG and BNB remain assigned to the well-capitalized capital group, during 2003 these two subsidiaries received notification of a downgrade in supervisory subgroup based on the formal agreements in place with the OCC. During 2004, NBG received notification of a further downgrade in supervisory subgroup based on the OCC report of examination for the period as of December 31, 2003. Because of this downgrade, the Company expects FDIC insurance premiums to be measurably higher, with an estimated impact on 2005 earnings of approximately $0.05 per share.

The Deposit Insurance Fund Act of 1996 contained a comprehensive approach to recapitalizing the Savings Association Insurance Fund and to assuring the payment of the Financing Corporation'sCorporation’s bond obligations. Under this law, banks insured under the Bank Insurance Fund are required to pay a portion of the interest due on bonds that were issued by the Financing Corporation in 1987 to help shore up the ailing Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Banks are members of the FHLB System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The FHLB System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. As members of the FHLB of New York, the Banks are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its borrowings from the FHLB, whichever is greater. The Banks are in compliance with this requirement.

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings banks to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts, such as NOW and regular checking accounts. The Banks are in compliance with these reserve requirements.

Enforcement Powers.Powers. The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or its banking subsidiaries, as well as the officers, directors and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money penalties.

Brokered Deposit Restrictions.Restrictions. Adequately capitalized institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except with a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates

18


that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or roll over 18 brokered deposits. The Company'sCompany’s NBG and BNB subsidiaries for purposes of brokered deposit restrictions are deemed to be adequately capitalized institutions.

Cross-Guarantee Provisions.Provisions. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA"(“FIRREA”) contains a "cross-guarantee"“cross-guarantee” provision which generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to the FDIC for any losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly controlled depository institution.

Community Reinvestment Act.Act. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA"(“CRA”) and the regulations issued hereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank'sbank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications regarding establishing branches, mergers or other bank or branch acquisitions. FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank'sbank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction.

Consumer Laws and Regulations.Regulations. In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the subsidiary banks are also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include, among others, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and the "Check 21" Act. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The Banks must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer relations. The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (“Check 21 Act” or “the Act”), enacted in late 2003, became effective on October 28, 2004. The Act creates a new negotiable instrument, called a “substitute check”, which banks are required to accept as the legal equivalent of a paper check if it meets the requirements of the Act. The Act is designed to facilitate check truncation, to foster innovation in the check payment system, and to improve the payment system by shortening processing times and reducing the volume of paper checks.

Changing Regulatory Structure

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("Gramm-Leach"(“Gramm-Leach”) was signed into law on November 12, 1999. Gramm-Leach permits, subject to certain conditions, combinations among banks, securities firms and insurance companies beginning March 11, 2000. Under Gramm-Leach, bank holding companies are permitted to offer their customers virtually any type of financial service including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both underwriting and agency), and merchant banking. In order to engage in these additional financial activities, a bank holding company must qualify and register with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a "financial“financial holding company"company” by demonstrating that each of its bank subsidiaries is "well“well capitalized," "well” “well managed," and has at least a "satisfactory"“satisfactory” rating under the CRA. On May 12, 2000 the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to become a financial holding company resulting in the eventual formation of FIGI and acquisition of BGI as previously discussed. During 2003, the Company terminated its financial holding company status and now operates as a bank holding company. The change in status did not affect the non-financial subsidiaries or activities being conducted by the Company, although future acquisitions or expansions of non-financial activities may require prior Federal Reserve Board approval and will be limited to those that are permissible for bank holding companies. Gramm-Leach establishes that the federal banking agencies will regulate the banking activities of financial holding companies and banks'banks’ financial subsidiaries, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission will regulate their securities activities and

19


state insurance regulators will regulate their insurance activities. Gramm-Leach also provides new protections against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumers'consumers’ nonpublic, personal information.

The major provisions of Gramm-Leach are: 19

Financial Holding Companies and Financial Activities.Activities. Title I establishes a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the Bank Holding Company Act framework to permit a holding company system to engage in a full range of financial activities through qualification as a new entity known as a financial holding company. A bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company can expand into a wide variety of services that are financial in nature, if its subsidiary depository institutions are well-managed, well-capitalized and have received at least a "satisfactory"“satisfactory” rating on their last CRA examination. Services that have been deemed to be financial in nature include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency activities and merchant banking.

Title I also required the FDIC to adopt regulations implementing Section 121 of Title I, regarding permissible activities and investments of insured state banks. Final regulations adopted by the FDIC in January 2001, in the form of amendments to Part 362 of the FDIC rules and regulations, provide the framework for subsidiaries of state nonmember banks to engage in financial activities that Gramm-Leach permits national banks to conduct through a financial subsidiary. The regulations require that prior tobefore commencing such financial activities, a state nonmember bank must notify the FDIC of its intent to do so, and must certify that it is well-managed and that it and all of its subsidiary insured depository institutions are well-capitalized after deducting its investment in the new subsidiary. Furthermore, the regulations require that the notifying bank must, and must continue to, (i) disclose the capital deduction in published financial statements, and (ii) comply with sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and (iii) comply with all required financial and operational safeguards.

Activities permissible for financial subsidiaries of national banks, and, pursuant to Section 362 of the FDIC rules and regulations, also permissible for financial subsidiaries of state nonmember banks, include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities; (b) Insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, or death, or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for purposes of the foregoing, in any State; (c) Providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising an investment company; (d) Issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly; and (e) Underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities.

Securities Activities.Activities. Title II narrows the exemptions from the securities laws previously enjoyed by banks, requires the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC to work together to draft rules governing certain securities activities of banks and creates a new, voluntary investment bank holding company.

Insurance Activities.Activities. Title III restates the proposition that the states are the functional regulators for all insurance activities, including the insurance activities of federally-charteredfederally chartered banks, and bars the states from prohibiting insurance activities by depository institutions. The law encourages the states to develop uniform or reciprocal rules for the licensing of insurance agents. Privacy.

Privacy. Under Title V, federal banking regulators were required to adopt rules that have limited the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. Federal banking regulators issued final rules on May 10, 2000 to implement the privacy provisions of Title V. Under the rules, financial institutions must provide: o initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates; o annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and o a reasonable method for customers to "opt out" of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.

•  Initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates;

20


•  Annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and
•  A reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.

Compliance with the rules is mandatory after July 1, 2001. The Company and the banks were in full compliance with the rules as of or prior to their respective effective dates. 20

Safeguarding Confidential Customer Information.Information. Under Title V, federal banking regulators are required to adopt rules requiring financial institutions to implement a program to protect confidential customer information. In January 2000, the federal banking agencies adopted guidelines requiring financial institutions to establish an information security program to: o identify and assess the risks that may threaten customer information; o develop a written plan containing policies and procedures to manage and control these risks; o implement and test the plan; and o adjust the plan on a continuing basis to account for changes in technology, the sensitivity of customer information and internal or external threats to information security.

•  Identify and assess the risks that may threaten customer information;
•  Develop a written plan containing policies and procedures to manage and control these risks;
•  Implement and test the plan; and
•  Adjust the plan on a continuing basis to account for changes in technology, the sensitivity of customer information and internal or external threats to information security.

The Banks'Banks approved security programs appropriate to their size and complexity and the nature and scope of their operations prior to the July 1, 2001 effective date of the regulatory guidelines. The implementation of the programs is an ongoing process.

Community Reinvestment Act Sunshine Requirements.Requirements. In February 2001, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations implementing Section 711 of Title VII, the CRA Sunshine Requirements. The regulations require nongovernmental entities or persons and insured depository institutions and affiliates that are parties to written agreements made in connection with the fulfillment of the institution'sinstitution’s CRA obligations to make available to the public and the federal banking agencies a copy of each agreement. The regulations impose annual reporting requirements concerning the disbursement, receipt and use of funds or other resources under these agreements. The effective date of the regulations was April 1, 2001. Neither the Company nor the banks is a party to any agreement that would be the subject of reporting pursuant to the CRA Sunshine Requirements. The Company continues to evaluate the strategic opportunities presented by the broad powers granted to bank holding companies that elect to be treated as financial holding companies. In the event that the Company determines that access to the broader powers of a financial holding company is in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders and the banks, the Company will file the appropriate election with the Federal Reserve Board.

USA Patriot Act
As part of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ("(“USA Patriot Act"Act”), signed into law on October 26, 2001, Congress adopted the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 ("IMLAFATA"(“IMLAFATA”). IMLAFATA authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other government agencies, to adopt special measures applicable to banks, bank holding companies, or other financial institutions. During 2002, the Department of Treasury issued a number of regulations relating to enhanced recordkeeping and reporting requirements for certain financial transactions that are of primary money laundering concern, due diligence requirements concerning the beneficial ownership of certain types of accounts, and restrictions or prohibitions on certain types of accounts with foreign financial institutions. Covered financial institutions also are barred from dealing with foreign "shell"“shell” banks. In addition, IMLAFATA expands the circumstances under which funds in a bank account may be forfeited and requires covered financial institutions to respond under certain circumstances to requests for information from federal banking agencies within 120 hours.

Regulations were also adopted during 2002 to implement minimum standards to verify customer identity, to encourage cooperation among financial institutions, federal banking agencies, and law enforcement authorities regarding possible money laundering or terrorist activities, to prohibit the anonymous use of "concentration“concentration accounts," and to require all covered financial institutions to have in place a Bank Secrecy Act compliance program. IMLAFATA also amends the Bank Holding Company Act and the Bank Merger Act to require the federal banking agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution'sinstitution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing an application under these acts.

21


The Banks have in place a Bank Secrecy Act compliance program, and they engage in very few transactions of any kind with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act
On July 30, 2002, the President signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Act"“Act”) implementing legislative reforms intended to address corporate and accounting fraud. In addition to the establishment of a new accounting oversight board that enforces auditing, quality control and independence standards and is funded by fees from all publicly traded companies, the law restricts provision of both auditing and consulting services by accounting firms. To ensure auditor independence, any non-audit services being provided to an audit client requires pre-approval by the issuer'sissuer’s audit committee members. In addition, the audit partners must be rotated. The Act requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers, or their equivalent, to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC, subject to civil and criminal penalties if they knowingly or willfully violate this certification requirement. In addition, under the Act, legal counsel is required to report evidence of a material violation of the securities laws or a breach of fiduciary duty by a company to its chief executive officer or its chief legal officer, and, if such officer does not appropriately respond, to report such evidence to the audit committee or other similar committee of the board of directors or the board itself.

Longer prison terms and increased penalties are also applied to corporate executives who violate federal securities laws, the period during which certain types of suits can be brought against a company or its officers has been extended, and bonuses issued to top executives prior to restatement of a company'scompany’s financial statements are subject to disgorgement if such restatement was due to corporate misconduct. Executives are also prohibited from insider trading during retirement plan "blackout"“blackout” periods, and loans to company executives are restricted. The Act accelerates the time frame for disclosures by public companies, as they must immediately disclose any material changes in their financial condition or operations. Directors and executive officers must also provide information for most changes in ownership in a company'scompany’s securities within two business days of the change.

The Act also prohibits any officer or director of a company or any other person acting under their direction from taking any action to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead any independent public or certified accountant engaged in the audit of the company'scompany’s financial statements for the purpose of rendering the financial statement'sstatement’s materially misleading. The Act also requires the SEC to prescribe rules requiring inclusion of an internal control report and assessment by management in the annual report to stockholders. In addition, the Act requires that each financial report required to be prepared in accordance with (or reconciled to) accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and filed with the SEC reflect all material correcting adjustments that are identified by a "registered“registered public accounting firm"firm” in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Effective August 29, 2002, as directed by Section 302(a) of the Act, the Company'sCompany’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer are each required to certify that the Company'sCompany’s quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The Act imposes several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of the Company'sCompany’s internal controls; they have made certain disclosures to the Company'sCompany’s auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about the Company'sCompany’s internal controls; and they have included information in the Company'sCompany’s quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in the Company'sCompany’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls during the last quarter.

Fair Credit Reporting Act
In 1970, the U. S. Congress enacted the Fair Credit Reporting Act (the "FCRA"“FCRA”) in order to ensure the confidentiality, accuracy, relevancy and proper utilization of consumer credit report information. Under the framework of the FCRA, the United States has developed a highly advanced and efficient credit reporting system. The information contained in that broad system is used by financial institutions, retailers and other creditors of every size in making a wide variety of decisions regarding financial transactions. Employers, and law enforcement agencies have also made wide use of the information

22


collected and maintained in databases made possible by the FCRA. The FCRA affirmatively preempts state law in a number of areas, including the ability of entities affiliated by common ownership to share and exchange information freely, the requirements on credit bureaus to reinvestigate the contents of reports in response to consumer complaints, among others. By its terms, the preemption provisions of the FCRA were to terminate as of December 31, 2003. With the enactment of the Fair and Accurate Transactions Act (FACT Act) in late 2003, the preemption provisions of FCRA were extended, although the FACT Act imposes additional requirements on entities that gather and share consumer credit information. The FACT Act requiresrequired the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Trade Commission to issue final regulations within nine months of the effective date of the Act. The provisionsA series of these implementing regulations and their effectannouncements were promulgated during 2004, including a joint FTC/FRB announcement of effective dates for FCRA amendments, the FTC’s “Free Credit Report” rule, revisions to the FTC’s FACT Act Rules, the FTC’s final rules on identity theft and proof of identity, the Company's banks, cannotFTC’s final regulation on consumer information and records disposal, and the FTC’s final summaries and notices. On January 24, 2005, the FTC issued a final rule on prescreen notices.

Federal Reserve Board Final Rule on Trust Preferred Securities
On March 1 the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule that allows the continued inclusion of trust preferred securities in the tier 1 capital of bank holding companies. Trust preferred securities, however, will be determined at this time. subject to stricter quantitative limits. Key components of the final rule are:

•  Trust preferred securities, together with other “restricted core capital elements”, can be included in a bank holding company’s tier 1 capital up to 25% of the sum of core capital elements, including “restricted core capital elements”;
•  Restricted core capital elements are defined to include:

•  Qualifying trust preferred securities;
•  Qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and related surplus);
•  Minority interest related to qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock directly issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary; and
•  Minority interest related to qualifying common or qualifying perpetual preferred stock issued by a consolidated subsidiary that is neither a U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary.

•  The sum of core capital elements will be calculated net of goodwill, less any associated deferred tax liability;
•  Internationally active bank holding companies are further limited, and must limit restricted core capital elements to 15% of the sum of core capital elements, including restricted core capital elements, net of goodwill, although they may include qualifying mandatory convertible preferred securities up to the 25% limit;
•  A five year transition period for application of quantitative limits, ending March 31, 2009.

Expanding Enforcement Authority
The Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of Currency, the New York State Superintendent of Banks and the FDIC possess extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions and their holding companies. For example, the FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any institution whichthat it determines has engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice. The agencies can also assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist or removal orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such actions. TheIn July 2004, various current and former members of the NBG board received “15-day letters” from the OCC has indicated, innotifying them that the caseOCC was considering the imposition of NBG, that it is considering whether civil money penalties should be imposed for certainarising out of the violations of law identified in its Report of Examinationthe ROE for the period ended September 30, 2002. The current NBG board members jointly retained counsel and submitted a response in September 2004. The OCC has not commented further on this matter since the response was submitted.

23


Effect On Economic Environment
The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. 2003

Formal Regulatory Developments Agreements
On September 4, 2003, the boards of NBG and BNB entered into formal agreements with their primary regulator, the OCC. Under the terms of the agreements, NBG and BNB, without admitting any violations, agreed to take certain actions designed to assure that their operations are in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The agreements require them, among other things, to: appoint a Compliance Committee of the Board; develop, implement and ensure compliance with a written plan outlining actions to be taken to address regulatory recommendations set forth in the reports of examination, review and assess the capabilities of management; develop various policies and programs to reduce credit risk and identify problem loans and to adopt policies that will permit them to declare dividends only when they are in compliance with their approved capital plans and applicable laws, and upon prior written notice to (but not with the consent of) the OCC. The boards of both banks have taken, orand are in the process of taking, the actions required by the agreements, and the Company has implemented a compliance monitoring program to track and monitor compliance within each bank of each requirement in the formal agreements.

Both banks were required to develop capital plans that willwould enable them to achieve, by March 31, 2004, Tier 1 leverage capital equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets, Tier 1 risk-based capital equal to 10% of risk-weighted assets, and total risk-based capital of 12% of risk-weighted assets. Interim levels, to be achieved by December 31, 2003, were also established, at 6.25%, 9.0% and 11.0%, respectively, for Bath,BNB, and 7.0%, 9.0% and 10.5%, respectively, for NBG. Following the closing of the credit facility with M&T Bank in December 2003, loan proceeds were downstreameddown streamed to NBG and BNB so that the capital levels required to be achieved by March 31, 2004 were met by December 31, 2003. 23 NBG and BNB have continued to achieve the required capital levels quarterly throughout and including the period ended December 31, 2004.

The NBG agreement also requires its board of directors to adopt, implement and ensure adherence to a written policy on extensions of overdraft credit and limit the circumstances under which NBG will be permitted to extend credit to its affiliates, and requires the bank to engage an independent appraiser to provide updated real estate appraisals where required.

The BNB agreement also requires its board of directors to adopt, implement and ensure adherence to a written action plan outlining proposed corrective action addressing issues in the pre-existing Matters Requiring Attention pertaining to interest rate risk measurement and monitoring systems.

Also on September 4, 2003, in a letter to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the Company'sCompany’s primary regulator, the Company terminated its financial holding company status and began operating instead as a bank holding company. The change in status will not affect any non-financial subsidiaries or activities currently being conducted by the Company, although it will mean that future acquisitions or expansions of non-financial activities may require prior Federal Reserve Board approval and will be limited to those that are permissible for bank holding companies. The Company believes

On December 28, 2004 management advised the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors of certain conditions that it has made substantial progressconcluded constituted a material weakness in its internal controls relating to datefinancial reporting. The Audit Committee concurred with management’s finding. The conditions that led to the conclusion of a material deficiency in enhancing its risk managementfinancial reporting were associated with findings from reports

24


issued in late fall of 2004 by an outside loan review firm retained by the Company and governance practices while working with management andalso by ROEs issued to the Boards of NBG and BNB by the OCC in late 2004.

The Company retained a loan review firm to addressreview the various requirements set forthloan portfolios at all four of the Company’s bank subsidiaries. The reports of the review, were as of June 30, 2004, and contained findings pertaining to the commercial-related loan portfolios at WCB and NBG that were similar to the findings contained in the formal agreements. There can be no assurance, however, as toROEs for NBG and BNB issued late in 2004, covering the precise timing for determining that all requiredperiod ending December 31, 2003.

The Company has taken various corrective actions have been taken to remediate these conditions. By their nature such actions require a period of time to influence the appropriate satisfactionentire portfolio. It is important to note that the NBG and BNB ROEs are based on an “as of” date of December 31, 2003, the outside loan review reports were based on an “as of” date of June 30, 2004 and that significant efforts to increase the Company’s supervision of the OCC. The Boardcredit administration function at its Banks and senior management team are committed to the goalimprove training and hiring of establishing and maintaining "best practices" at bothbank personnel were made in 2004.

During 2004, the Company substantially increased the staff and resources available to its Chief Risk Officer and the bank level in the areas of governance, corporate conduct,centralized credit administration function that reports to him. Corporate commercial risk management and regulatory compliance, and to meeting all of the banks' commitments to their regulators. While the Company believes that substantial progress has been made in this pursuit to date, the Company also recognizes that this remains an important ongoing effort requiring dedication and a commitment of resourcesofficers with credit administration oversight responsibility were added at all levels of the holding company level to support the Company’s banking subsidiaries. The position of Chief of Community Banking was created and filled to provide greater consistency and oversight of the commercial-related loan administration function at all four bank subsidiaries. New Board members were added at NBG and BNB, and the banks. 24 Board-level compliance committees reorganized, with access to an outside consultant experienced in OCC compliance matters. Centralized control was implemented for all risk rating reviews.

Also, notwithstanding the high level of criticized loans at both banks, many of these criticized loans continue to perform in terms of the borrowers making timely principal and interest payments.

The outside loan review firm found the following with respect to the loan portfolios at WCB and NBG:

(i) A significant percentage of loans in the loan portfolios were identified as being improperly graded;

(ii) In the case of WCB, new information pertinent to risk ratings was not acted upon in a timely manner; and

(iii) There were deficiencies in loan portfolio administration at both banks, including incomplete or inaccurate credit analyses, poorly organized files and insufficient documentation of collateral.

In the case of NBG, a number of the loan review report findings were consistent with the ROE for the period ended December 31, 2003. In its reports for both NBG and BNB, the OCC concluded that some of the banks’ credit analysts and lenders were inexperienced and lacked adequate training and oversight and that there was an unacceptably high level of loan files with outdated, incomplete or inaccurate financial information. In addition, in the case of NBG, the OCC found that credit risk remained high and was increasing, and that, during the period covered by the examination, NBG’s Board and management supervision was unsatisfactory. Overall, the OCC found that there was substantial noncompliance with the terms of the NBG Formal Agreement entered into in September 2003, and stated that until problem loan levels decrease, loan losses subside and reputation risk stabilizes, it was highly unlikely that it would approve any dividend in the near future.

With respect to BNB, the OCC also found a substantial number of instances of noncompliance with the formal agreement entered into in September 2003, although the OCC found that the Board’s compliance committee had strengthened its supervision and oversight since the prior examination. As with NBG, the OCC found that credit risk at BNB remained high and was increasing, and stated that until the high level of criticized assets was effectively reduced, payment of dividends would not be considered prudent. Both BNB and NBG have submitted proposed capital plans to the OCC, which are currently under review. The

25


BNB capital plan calls for the upstreaming of dividends to the Company beginning in the third quarter of 2005.

The Banks are the principal source of liquidity for the Company. Under the terms of the formal agreements entered into by BNB and NBG with the OCC, BNB and NBG must obtain OCC approval of their capital plan prior to paying dividends, and, as noted above, neither bank has received approval for its capital plan. Continued restrictions on the ability of NBG and BNB to pay dividends would adversely impact the Company’s ability to maintain its current level of dividends. Due to the OCC’s overall rating of NBG, the Company expects its FDIC insurance premiums to be measurably higher, with an estimated impact on 2005 earnings of approximately $0.05 per share.

A new examination cycle began at NBG and BNB in January 2005. The Company’s Chief Risk Officer has been closely coordinating the efforts of his office with the OCC examination teams at NBG and BNB to ensure complete communication and timely resolution of questions or issues identified by the OCC.

On February 28, 2005, Randolph Brown, NBG’s CEO, announced that he was resigning to pursue other interests. A copy of an amendment to his employment agreement is included as an exhibit to this Report. Thomas Grover, the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, has been named interim CEO of NBG.

26


Item 2. Properties The Company's headquarters and operations center is located in Warsaw, New York. This facility is leased for a nominal rent from the Wyoming County Industrial Development Agency for local tax reasons and the Company has the right to purchase it for nominal consideration beginning in November 2006. The following table lists the properties of each of the Company's subsidiaries:

TYPE OF LEASEDLEASE OREXPIRATION
ENTITY \ LOCATIONFACILITY OWNED OWNOF LEASE ----------------- -------- ----- --------
Financial Institutions, Inc.
Warsaw (220 Liberty Street)HeadquartersLease *November 2006
Warsaw (31 North Main Street)Administrative OfficesOwn
Wyoming County Bank Warsaw.............................
WarsawMain OfficeOwn -- Attica.............................
AmherstBranchLeaseFebruary 2020
AtticaBranchOwn -- Batavia............................
BataviaBranchLeaseSeptember 2011 2006
Batavia (In-Store)................. BranchLeaseAugust 2009 Dansville..........................
DansvilleBranchLeaseMarch 2014
East Aurora........................ AuroraBranchLeaseMarch 2013 Geneseo............................
GeneseoBranchOwn -- Lakeville..........................
LakevilleBranchOwn --
Mount Morris....................... MorrisBranchOwn --
North Java......................... JavaBranchOwn --
North Warsaw....................... WarsawBranchOwn --
Orchard Park....................... ParkBranchGround LeaseJanuary 2019 Pavilion...........................
PavilionBranchOwn -- Strykersville......................
StrykersvilleBranchOwn -- Williamsville......................
WilliamsvilleBranchLeaseMay 2005 Wyoming............................ 2006
WyomingBranchOwn -- Yorkshire..........................
YorkshireBranchLeaseNovember 2007
National Bank of Geneva Geneva.............................
GenevaMain OfficeOwn -- Geneva.............................
GenevaDrive-up BranchOwn --
Geneva (Plaza)..................... BranchGround LeaseJanuary 2016 Caledonia..........................
AuburnBranchOwn
CaledoniaBranchLeaseApril 2006 Canandaigua........................
CanandaiguaBranchOwn --
East RochesterBranchLeaseSeptember 2009
Honeoye Falls...................... FallsBranch��LeaseSeptember 2017 Leroy..............................
LeroyBranchOwn --
North Chili........................ ChiliBranchOwn -- Ovid...............................
OvidBranchOwn --
Penn Yan........................... YanBranchOwn -- Victor.............................
VictorBranchOwn -- Waterloo...........................
WaterlooBranchOwn --
Bath National Bank Bath...............................
BathMain OfficeOwn -- Bath...............................
BathDrive-up BranchOwn -- Avoca..............................
AvocaBranchOwn -- Avoca.............................. Drive-up Branch Lease September 2004 Cohocton...........................
CohoctonClosed BranchLeaseAugust 2005 Dundee.............................
DundeeBranchOwn -- Elmira.............................
ElmiraBranchOwn --
Elmira Heights..................... HeightsBranchLeaseAugust 2009 Erwin..............................
ErwinBranchLease August 2004 Hammondsport....................... July 2007
HammondsportBranchOwn -- Hornell............................
HornellBranchOwn -- Horseheads.........................
HorseheadsBranchLeaseOctober 2012 Naples.............................
NaplesBranchOwn -- Wayland............................
WaylandBranchOwn --
First Tier Bank & Trust Olean..............................
OleanMain OfficeOwn -- Olean..............................
OleanDrive-up BranchOwn -- Allegany...........................
AlleganyBranchOwn -- Cuba...............................
CubaBranchOwn -- Ellicottville......................
EllicottvilleBranchOwn -- Lakewood...........................
LakewoodBranchOwn -- Salamanca..........................
SalamancaBranchOwn --
Burke Group
Honeoye Falls...................... FallsMain OfficeLeaseDecember 2018 Syracuse...........................
SyracuseBranchLeaseApril 2005
25


*The land is leased for a nominal rent from the Wyoming County Industrial Development Agency for local tax reasons and the Company has the right to purchase for nominal consideration beginning in November 2006.

27


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to or otherwise involved in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Management does not believe that there is any pending or threatened proceeding against the Company or its subsidiaries, which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect on the Company'sCompany’s business, results of operations or financial condition. In late January 2005, the Company received a letter from a law firm stating that it was representing a shareholder and was writing to demand that the Board take action to remedy alleged “breaches of fiduciary duty” by the directors and certain officers of the Company. The Chairman of the Board responded to this letter in early February, informing the law firm that the Board had determined to appoint a Special Committee to investigate and respond to the demand letter.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2003 to a vote of security holders. 2004.

28


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant'sRegistrant’s Common Stock andEquity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of the Company is traded under the symbol of FISI on the Nasdaq National Market. At March 1, 2004,2005, the Company had 11,172,67311,249,495 shares of common stock outstanding (exclusive of treasury shares) and approximately 2,4001,850 shareholders of record. The following chart lists prices of actual sales transactions as reported by Nasdaq, as well as the Company'sCompany’s cash dividends declared. Sales Price Cash Dividends High Low Close Declared ------------------------------------------------- 2003 First Quarter $ 29.75 $ 19.05 $ 19.82 $ 0.16 Second Quarter 27.23 18.94 23.53 0.16 Third Quarter 27.20 21.80 21.92 0.16 Fourth Quarter 29.40 22.00 28.23 0.16 2002 First Quarter $ 30.00 $ 23.33 $ 29.11 $ 0.13 Second Quarter 38.85 28.74 37.86 0.14 Third Quarter 38.25 24.35 27.15 0.15 Fourth Quarter 32.04 25.05 29.36 0.16

                 
      Sales Price      Cash Dividends 
  High  Low  Close  Declared 
   
2004                
First Quarter $29.03  $20.52  $22.94  $0.16 
Second Quarter  25.15   20.55   24.32   0.16 
Third Quarter  24.82   20.97   22.41   0.16 
Fourth Quarter  27.75   21.85   23.25   0.16 
                 
2003                
First Quarter $29.75  $19.05  $19.82  $0.16 
Second Quarter  27.23   18.94   23.53   0.16 
Third Quarter  27.20   21.80   21.92   0.16 
Fourth Quarter  29.40   22.00   28.23   0.16 

The Company pays regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, and the Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt service and other purposes. However, because substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Banks, future dividends will depend upon the earnings of the Banks',Banks, their financial condition and need for funds. Furthermore, there are a number of federal banking policies and regulations that restrict the Company'sCompany’s ability to pay dividends. For further discussion on dividend restrictions, please refer to page 14,the Item 1 section titled “Supervision and Regulation”, as these restrictions may have the effect of reducing the amount of dividends that the Company can declare to its shareholders. 26

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by the Company (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2004:

Total Number ofMaximum Number of
Shares Purchased asShares that May Yet
Part of PubliclyBe Purchased Under
Total Number of SharesAverage Price PaidAnnounced Plans orthe Plans or
PeriodPurchasedper ShareProgramsPrograms
10/01/04 – 10/31/04
11/01/04 – 11/30/04
12/01/04 – 12/31/04
Total$

The Company’s previously announced share repurchase program expired on August 7, 2004.

29


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

                     
 December 31: 
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
   
Selected Financial Condition Data
                    
Total assets $2,156,329  $2,173,732  $2,105,034  $1,794,296  $1,289,327 
Loans and loans held for sale  1,255,053   1,345,347   1,321,892   1,166,050   887,145 
Allowance for loan losses  39,186   29,064   21,660   19,074   13,883 
Securities available for sale  727,198   604,964   596,862   428,423   257,823 
Securities held to maturity  39,317   47,131   47,125   61,281   76,947 
Deposits  1,818,949   1,818,891   1,708,523   1,433,658   1,078,111 
Borrowed funds (1)  132,636   154,247   195,479   190,389   62,384 
Shareholders’ equity  184,287   183,103   178,294   149,187   131,618 
                     
 For the years ended December 31: 
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
   
Selected Results of Operations Data
                    
Interest income $106,175  $111,450  $118,439  $114,468  $96,467 
Interest expense  30,770   35,949   42,585   49,694   43,605 
   
Net interest income  75,405   75,501   75,854   64,774   52,862 
Provision for loan losses  19,676   22,526   6,119   4,958   4,211 
   
Net interest income after Provision for loan losses  55,729   52,975   69,735   59,816   48,651 
Noninterest income  25,371   26,072   22,189   15,782   9,409 
Noninterest expense (2)  65,586   60,823   53,049   43,352   30,156 
   
Income before income tax expense  15,514   18,224   38,875   32,246   27,904 
Income tax expense  3,021   3,977   12,419   11,033   9,804 
   
Net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456  $21,213  $18,100 
   
                     
  At or for the years ended December 31: 
  2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
   
Per Common Share Data
                    
Net income – basic $0.98  $1.14  $2.26  $1.79  $1.51 
Net income – diluted  0.98   1.13   2.23   1.77   1.51 
Cash dividends declared on common stock  0.64   0.64   0.58   0.48   0.42 
Book value  14.81   14.81   14.46   11.93   10.36 
Market value  23.25   28.23   29.36   23.40   13.61 
                     
Selected Financial Ratios
                    
Performance Ratios:                    
Return on average common equity  6.55%  7.65%  17.01%  15.84%  15.78%
Return on average assets  0.57   0.66   1.35   1.34   1.51 
Common dividend payout  48.48   56.14   25.66   26.82   27.81 
Net interest margin (3)  3.90   3.99   4.40   4.64   4.85 
Efficiency ratio (4)  62.12   55.73   50.62   48.49   45.19 
                     
Asset Quality Ratios:                    
Nonperforming loans to total loans  4.30%  3.82%  2.81%  0.86%  0.80%
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate  4.39   3.87   2.90   0.94   0.91 
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans  73   56   58   190   195 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans  3.12   2.16   1.64   1.64   1.56 
Net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the year  0.74   1.11   0.30   0.23   0.21 
                     
Capital ratios:                    
Average total equity to average assets  8.48%  8.42%  8.47%  8.31%  10.21%
Average common equity to average assets  7.67   7.74   7.47   7.84   8.78 


(Dollars in thousands) December 31 -------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 -------------------------------------------------------------- Selected Financial Condition Data Total assets $2,173,732 $2,105,034 $1,794,296 $1,289,327 $1,136,460 Loans 1,345,347 1,321,892 1,166,050 887,145 763,745 Allowance for loan losses 29,064 21,660 19,074 13,883 11,421 Securities available for sale 604,964 596,862 428,423 257,823 197,134 Securities held to maturity 47,131 47,125 61,281 76,947 81,356 Deposits 1,818,891 1,708,523 1,433,658 1,078,111 949,531
(1)Borrowed funds 154,247 195,479 190,389 62,384 56,336 Shareholders' equity 183,103 178,294 149,187 131,618 117,539
(Dollarsinclude junior subordinated debentures.
(2)Noninterest expense includes goodwill amortization, which amounted to $1,653,000 for 2001 compared to zero in thousands) For theall other years ended December 31 -------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 -------------------------------------------------------------- Selected Results of Operations Data Interest income $ 111,450 $ 118,439 $ 114,468 $ 96,467 $ 78,692 Interest expense 35,949 42,585 49,694 43,605 31,883 -------------------------------------------------------------- presented.
(3)Net interest income 75,501 75,854 64,774 52,862 46,809 Provision for loan losses 22,526 6,119 4,958 4,211 3,062 -------------------------------------------------------------- Netdivided by average interest earning assets. A tax-equivalent adjustment to interest earned from tax-exempt securities has been computed using a federal tax rate of 35%.
(4)The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense less other real estate expense and amortization of intangibles divided by net interest income after Provision for loan loss 52,975 69,735 59,816 48,651 43,747 Noninterest(tax equivalent) plus other noninterest income 26,072 22,189 15,782 9,409 8,055 Noninterest expense (3) 60,823 53,049 43,352 30,156 27,032 -------------------------------------------------------------- Income before income taxes 18,224 38,875 32,246 27,904 24,770 Income taxes 3,977 12,419 11,033 9,804 8,813 -------------------------------------------------------------- Net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 $ 18,100 $ 15,957 ==============================================================
At or for the years ended December 31 ---------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------- Per Common Share Data Net income - basic $ 1.14 $ 2.26 $ 1.79 $ 1.51 $ 1.38 Net income - diluted 1.13 2.23 1.77 1.51 1.38 Cash dividends declaredless gain (loss) on common stock 0.64 0.58 0.48 0.42 0.31 Book value 14.81 14.46 11.93 10.36 9.05 Market value 28.23 29.36 23.40 13.61 12.12 Selected Financial Ratiossale of securities and Other Data Performance Ratios: Returngain on common equity 7.65% 17.01% 15.84% 15.78% 16.16% Return on assets 0.66 1.35 1.34 1.51 1.54 Common dividend payout 56.14 25.66 26.82 27.81 22.46 Net interest rate spread 3.62 3.96 3.96 3.98 4.19 Net interest margin (1) 3.95 4.37 4.62 4.87 5.00 Efficiency ratio 55.73 50.62 48.49 45.19 45.55 Noninterest income to average total assets (2) 1.16 1.11 0.96 0.76 0.75 Noninterest expenses to average total assets 2.82 2.70 2.73 2.52 2.61 Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities 118.62 117.82 119.67 123.25 124.86 Asset Quality Ratios: Non-performing loans to total loans 3.82% 2.81% 0.86% 0.80% 0.75% Non-performing assets to total loans and other real 3.87 2.90 0.94 0.91 0.88 estate Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans 56 58 190 195 199 Allowance for loan losses to total loans 2.16 1.64 1.64 1.56 1.50 Net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the year 1.11 0.30 0.23 0.21 0.17 Capital ratios: Equity to total assets 8.42% 8.47% 8.31% 10.21% 10.34% Average common equity to average assets 7.74 7.47 7.84 8.78 8.63 Other Data: Numbersale of full-service offices 48 47 41 32 29 Loans serviced for others (in millions) $439.5 $356.4 $302.3 $205.2 $200.2 Full time equivalent employees 744 685 608 441 411 credit card portfolio.
(1) Net interest income divided by average interest earning assets. A tax-equivalent adjustment to interest earned from tax-exempt securities has been computed using a federal tax rate of 35%. (2) Noninterest income excludes net gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale. (3) Noninterest expense includes goodwill amortization, which amounted to $1,653,000 for 2001 compared to zero in all other years presented. 27
---------------------------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) First Second Third Fourth Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter ---------------------------------------------- Selected Quarterly Financial Information 2003 Results of operations data: Interest income $28,527 $28,764 $27,310 $26,849 Interest expense 9,686 9,571 8,770 7,922 Net interest income 18,841 19,193 18,540 18,927 Provision for loan losses 3,298 5,311 5,590 8,327 Net interest income after provision for loan losses 15,543 13,882 12,950 10,600 Noninterest income 6,102 6,160 7,059 6,751 Noninterest expense 15,576 14,947 14,896 15,404 Income before income taxes 6,069 5,095 5,113 1,947 Income taxes 1,773 1,445 1,058 (299) Net income 4,296 3,650 4,055 2,246 Per common share data: Net income - basic $0.35 $0.29 $0.33 $0.17 Net income - diluted 0.35 0.29 0.33 0.17 Cash dividends declared 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 Book value 14.57 15.11 14.78 14.81 Market value 19.82 23.53 21.92 28.23 ---------------------------------------------- First Second Third Fourth Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter ---------------------------------------------- 2002 Results of operations data: Interest income $28,560 $29,927 $30,343 $29,609 Interest expense 10,483 10,941 10,810 10,351 Net interest income 18,077 18,986 19,533 19,258 Provision for loan losses 1,007 1,181 1,452 2,479 Net interest income after provision for loan losses 17,070 17,805 18,081 16,779 Noninterest income 4,937 5,157 5,687 6,408 Noninterest expense 12,100 13,093 13,418 14,438 Income before income taxes 9,907 9,869 10,350 8,749 Income taxes 3,250 3,225 3,466 2,478 Net income 6,657 6,644 6,884 6,271 Per common share data: Net income - basic $0.57 $0.57 $0.59 $0.53 Net income - diluted 0.56 0.56 0.58 0.53 Cash dividends declared 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 Book value 12.26 13.23 14.03 14.46 Market value 29.11 37.86 27.15 29.36
28

30


Item 7. Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Operation

GENERAL
The principal objective of this discussion is to provide an overview of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company during the year ended December 31, 20032004 and the preceding two years. This

discussion and tabular presentations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

Income. The Company'sCompany’s results of operations are dependent primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the income earned on loans and securities and the cost of funds, consisting of the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses, service charges on deposits, financial services group fees and commissions, mortgage banking activities, gain or loss on the sale or call of investment securities and other miscellaneous income.

Expenses. The Company'sCompany’s expenses primarily consist of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, supplies and postage, amortization of intangible assets, computer and data processing, professional fees, other miscellaneous expense and income tax expense. Results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in interest rates, government policies and the actions of regulatory authorities.

OVERVIEW
Net income was $12.5 million, $14.2 million and $26.5 million for 2004, 2003 and $21.2 million for 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 20032004 was $1.13,$0.98, compared to $1.13 in 2003 and $2.23 in 2002 and $1.77 in 2001.2002. The return on average common equity in 20032004 was 7.65%6.55%, compared to 7.65% in 2003 and 17.01% in 2002 and 15.84% in 2001.2002. The return on average assets in 20032004 was 0.66%0.57%, compared to 0.66% in 2003 and 1.35% in 2002 and 1.34% in 2001. 2002.

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company'sCompany’s earnings, was $75.4 million in 2004 comparable to $75.5 million in 2003 comparable toand $75.9 million in 2002. Net interest margin was 3.95%3.90%, 3.99% and 4.40% for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 a drop of 42 basis points from the 4.37% level for last year. and 2002, respectively.

The most significant item affecting 2003the last two years financial results was the provision for loan losses, which totaled $19.7 million, $22.5 million inand $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 an increaseand 2002. The amount of $16.4 million over the $6.1 million provision for loan losses in 2002. Credit quality issues made 2003 a challenging year for the Company. Highresults from increased levels of potential problem loans and nonperforming loans, with associated charge-offs, and increases to thean increased allowance for loan losses significantly impacted financial results.due to the increased inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio. Nonperforming assets increased to $52totaled $55.2 million and $52.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, compared to $38 million at December 31, 2002. Nonperforming agricultural credits, principally dairy farms, have increased $10 million since December 31, 2002. Total nonperforming agricultural loans were $22 million at December 31, 2003 or 9.40% of total agricultural loans. Borrower cash flows in the dairy industry have recently improved due to some stabilization and upward movement in milk prices.respectively. Net loan charge-offs were $15$9.6 million, or 1.11%0.74% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 20032004 compared to $4$15.1 million, or 1.11% of average loans for 2003 and $3.7 million, or 0.30% of average loans for 2002. Commercial and commercial mortgage loans represented $11$5.6 million, $11.3 million and $2.4 million of net charge-offs in 2003. 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

During 2003, increased regulatory oversight was put in place in the form of formal agreements at the two national banks, NBG and BNB. The Company has taken various corrective actions to remediate its asset quality issues. By their nature such actions require a period of time to become fully effective. The Company has increased its staff and resources available to the Chief Risk Officer and the centralized credit function. Responsibilities for Commercial Loan credit administration requirements have been placed in a new position, Portfolio Manager, with responsibilities for timely line renewals, risk rating identification, credit file maintenance, collateral assignment, credit analysis, credit strategies, and action plans. The former Commercial Lending Officer position will no longer contain those functions and will be solely business development and sales functions. This will facilitate more timely recognition of changing risks, better allocation of more qualified, specialized individuals to portfolio administration functions, and make for more timely and easier training of staff. In addition, Credit Risk Officers now report to the Chief Risk Officer, and are separate from the lending function. A Credit Risk Officer has been named the Credit Department Manager with primary responsibility to support Portfolio Managers with all underwritings of credits through a team of Credit Analysts. The position of Chief of Community Banking has been created and filled, to provide greater consistency and oversight of the commercial-related loan administration at all four bank subsidiaries. New Board members have been added at NBG and BNB, and the Board-level compliance committees at these respective banks have been reorganized to better manage and monitor compliance with the formal agreements. The level for risk grading decisions requiring review and approval by the Credit Risk Officers on Commercial Loans has been decreased to loans greater than $250,000. In addition, all Commercial Loans greater than $250,000, which meet certain other criteria, now must be reviewed annually by Credit Risk

31


Officers. In addition, the Company's management placedCompany’s centralized credit administration function recently completed a renewed focus onspecial review of loan files and loan risk management, from both a corporate and credit perspective. This included expansiongrades for approximately 65% of the position formerly known as Chief Credit OfficerCompany’s Commercial Loan portfolio. Procedures are being written to Chief Risk Officer. provide for better documentation of the subjective factors incorporated in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses.

The Company for many years has committed substantial resourcesoperated under a decentralized, “Super Community Bank” business model, with four largely autonomous subsidiary Banks whose Boards and management have the authority to credit administration and underwriting functions withoperate the goal of increasing consistency among subsidiary banksBanks within guidelines set forth in reporting and grading loans, and strengthening the review and oversight of subsidiary bank lending and credit administrationbroad corporate policies established at the holding company level. The Company's future challenges include managing existing credit quality issues as well as continuingBoard has evaluated the effectiveness of this model and believes that changes to strengthenthe Company’s governance structure may enhance its performance. The Board is evaluating whether consolidating one or more of the Company’s four Banks would result in more effective management of its operations and standardizecapital at both the Bank and holding company levels.

The Company has also been assessing its strategies for reducing the current loan underwriting process. Significant resources have been invested in buildinglevels of criticized and classified loans. Realizations of improvements from these strategies will require a considerable period of time. The Company is exploring a more immediate strategy, the potential sale of a substantial portion of these loans, and has retained an infrastructure necessaryinvestment banker as an advisor to manage the current credit issuesprovide a review and to support future 29 growth. Management is now faced with the challengeassessment of leveraging that infrastructure to grow revenues by investing in quality assets. those loans.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and are consistent with predominant practices in the financial services industry. Application of critical accounting policies, which are those policies that Management believes are the most important to the Company'sCompany’s financial position and results, requires Management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Future changes in information may affect these estimates, assumptions and judgments, which, in turn, may affect amounts reported in the financial statements.

The Company has numerous accounting policies, of which the most significant are presented in Note 1 of the notes to consolidated financial statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this discussion, provide information on how significant assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are reported in the consolidated financial statements and how those reported amounts are determined. Based on the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, Management has determined that the accounting policies with respect to the allowance for loan losses and goodwill require particularly subjective or complex judgments important to the Company'sCompany’s financial position and results of operations, and, as such, are considered to be critical accounting policies as discussed below.

Allowance for Loan Losses:The allowance for loan losses represents management'smanagement’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of subjective measurements including management'smanagement’s assessment of the internal risk classifications of loans, changes in the nature of the loan portfolio, industry concentrations and the impact of current local, regional and national economic factors on the quality of the loan portfolio. Changes in these estimates and assumptions are reasonably possible and may have a material impact on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements, results of operations or liquidity. For additional discussion related to the Company'sCompany’s accounting policies for the allowance for loan losses, see the sections titled “Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses” and “Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses” in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and Note 1 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill:Statement of Financial Accounting StandardStandards (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets"Assets” prescribes the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to initial recognition. The provisions of SFAS No. 142 discontinue the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives. Instead, these assets are subject to at least an annual impairment review, and more frequently if certain impairment indicators are in evidence. Changes in the estimates and assumptions used to evaluate

32


impairment may have a material impact on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements, results of operations or liquidity. During 2004 and 2003, the Company evaluated goodwill for impairment using a discounted cash flow analysis and determined no impairment existed. For additional discussion related to the Company'sCompany’s accounting policy for goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Overview
At December 31, 2004 the Company had total assets of $2.156 billion, a decrease of 1% from $2.174 billion at December 31, 2003. Total deposits amounted to $1.819 billion at both December 31, 2004 and 2003. Book value per common share was $14.81 at December 31, 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2004 the Company’s total shareholders’ equity was $184.3 million compared to $183.1 million a year earlier.

Lending Activities
Loans outstanding, excluding loans held for sale and net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs, are summarized as follows at December 31:

                     
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
   
Commercial $203,178  $248,313  $262,630  $232,379  $169,832 
Commercial real estate  343,532   369,712   332,134   274,702   166,041 
Agricultural  195,185   235,199   233,769   186,623   165,367 
Residential real estate  259,055   246,621   244,927   234,313   197,880 
Consumer and home equity  251,455   240,591   241,461   232,205   184,745 
                
Total loans, gross  1,252,405   1,340,436   1,314,921   1,160,222   883,865 
                     
Allowance for loan losses  (39,186)  (29,064)  (21,660)  (19,074)  (13,883)
                
                     
Total loans, net $1,213,219  $1,311,372  $1,293,261  $1,141,148  $869,982 
                

Gross loans declined 7% to $1.252 billion at December 31, 2004 from $1.340 billion at December 31, 2003. Commercial loans decreased $45.1 million or 18.2%, while commercial real estate loans decreased by $26.2 million or 7.1%. At December 31, 2004, commercial loans totaled $203.2 million, representing 16.2% of total loans, and commercial real estate loans totaled $343.5 million, representing 27.4% of total loans. At December 31, 2004, agricultural loans, which include agricultural real estate loans, totaled $195.2 million and represented 15.6% of the total loan portfolio. Collectively, commercial department loan origination slowed during 2004 as the Banks implemented more stringent underwriting requirements, implemented training on the new credit processes and directed resources to managing the existing loan portfolio.

As of December 31, 2004, residential real estate loans totaled $259.1 million or 20.7% of the portfolio, a 5.0% increase from $246.6 million or 18.4% of total loans in 2003. The increase in residential real estate loans is due to an increase in closed-end home equity loans, as the Company sells most qualifying newly originated and refinanced residential real estate mortgages on the secondary market. The sold and serviced residential real estate loan portfolio increased to $388.1 million at December 31, 2004 from $385.5 million at December 31, 2003.

The Company also offers a broad range of consumer loan products. Consumer and open-end home equity loans totaled $251.5 and $240.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Consumer and home equity loans represented 20.1% of the total loan portfolio at year-end 2004. The increase in the consumer portfolio is a reflection of the Company’s efforts to diversify risk in the loan portfolio.

Nonaccrual Loans and Nonperforming Assets
The following table sets forth information regarding nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets at December 31:

33


                     
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
   
Nonaccrual loans (1)                    
Commercial $20,576  $12,983  $12,760  $2,623  $1,044 
Commercial real estate  15,954   11,745   8,407   3,344   1,619 
Agricultural  13,165   18,870   8,739   1,529   2,881 
Residential real estate  1,733   2,496   1,065   921   835 
Consumer and home equity  518   578   915   541   217 
                
Total nonaccrual loans  51,946   46,672   31,886   8,958   6,596 
                     
Restructured loans     3,069   4,129       
                     
Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent  2,018   1,709   1,091   1,064   521 
                
                     
Total nonperforming loans  53,964   51,450   37,106   10,022   7,117 
                     
Other real estate owned  1,196   653   1,251   947   932 
                
                     
Total nonperforming assets $55,160  $52,103  $38,357  $10,969  $8,049 
                
                     
Total nonperforming loans to total loans  4.30%  3.82%  2.81%  0.86%  0.80%
                     
Total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate  4.39%  3.87%  2.90%  0.94%  0.91%


(1)Although loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due they may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier if they have been identified by the Company as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest or principal. Loans past due 90 days or more remain on accruing status if they are both well secured and in the process of collection.

Nonperforming loans increased to $53.9 million at December 31, 2004 from $51.5 million at December 31, 2003. Nonaccrual commercial and commercial real estate loans increased in 2004 and totaled $36.5 million and $24.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Offsetting the increase in commercial nonaccrual loans was a decline in agricultural nonaccrual loans to $13.2 million at December 31, 2004 and a decline in restructured loans.

The following table details nonaccrual loan activity for the year ended December 31:

     
(Dollars in thousands) 2004 
Balance at beginning of year $46,672 
     
Additions  37,218 
Payments  (15,259)
Charge-offs  (9,228)
Returned to accruing status  (4,756)
Transferred to other real estate  (2,701)
    
     
Balance at end of year $51,946 
    

During 2004, the Company received $15.3 million in payments on nonaccrual loans and $4.8 million of nonaccrual loans were returned to accruing status. In addition, the Company charged-off $9.2 million in loans that were on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2003 and transferred $2.7 million in loans to other real estate. The Company has focused considerable resources on working to reduce the level of nonperforming assets in the most cost effective manner. The Company has also made investments in people and processes to provide for a stronger credit and sales culture within the organization.

Approximately $26.0 million or 50% of the $51.9 million in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2004 are current with respect to payment of principal and interest. Although these loans are current, the Company has classified the loans as nonaccrual because reasonable doubt exists with respect to the future collectibility of principal and interest in accordance with the original contractual terms. During the year ended December 31,

34


2004 the amount of interest income forgone on nonaccrual loans totaled $4.8 million and interest income on nonaccrual loans recognized on a cash basis totaled $102,000.

Potential problem loans are loans that are currently performing, but information known about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have doubt as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan payment terms and may result in disclosure of such loans as nonperforming at some time in the future. Management evaluates loans classified as substandard, which continue to accrue interest, to be potential problem loans. The Company identified $142.9 million and $73.4 million in loans that continued to accrue interest which were classified as substandard as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These loans remain in a performing status due to a variety of factors, including payment history, the value of collateral supporting the credits, and personal or government guarantees.

The following table summarizes the loan delinquencies (excluding past due nonaccrual loans) in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2004:

         
      Accruing 
      Loans 
  60-89  90 Days 
(Dollars in thousands) Days  or More 
Commercial $1,037  $1,224 
Commercial real estate  153   4 
Agricultural  174   158 
Residential real estate  835   504 
Consumer and home equity  367   128 
       
         
Total $2,566  $2,018 
       

Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses represents the estimated amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s loan portfolio and is established through a charge to earnings. Loans deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance, while recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are added to the allowance. Amounts are charged-off once the probability of loss has been established, with consideration given to such factors as the customer’s financial condition, underlying collateral and guarantees, and general and industry economic conditions.

Assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses involves substantial uncertainties and is based upon management’s evaluation of the amounts required to meet estimated charge-offs in the loan portfolio after weighing various factors. The Company performs periodic, systematic reviews of its Banks’ portfolios to identify these probable losses, and to assess the overall collectibility of these portfolios. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is subject to ongoing management review, and the approach taken by management in calculating the allowance is discussed by management with the Company’s outside auditors and, in the case of NBG and BNB, with the OCC. As of December 31, 2004, management identified a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting related to determining the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses. Additional loan reviews by management late in the fourth quarter of 2004 resulted in an increase from September 30, NET INCOME ANALYSIS 2004 of approximately $31 million in loans classified as “substandard”. In the course of assessing the Company’s approach to calculating the allowance for loan losses, which was completed last week, management has made certain changes in its approach used in estimating the allowance, which are summarized in the section entitled “Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses”. Based on this analysis, the Company believes that the allowance for loan losses is fairly stated at December 31, 2004.

The following table sets forth an analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31:

35


                     
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
   
Balance at beginning of year $29,064  $21,660  $19,074  $13,883  $11,421 
Addition resulting from acquisitions        174   2,686    
                     
Charge-offs:                    
Commercial  4,486   8,891   1,771   1,003   466 
Commercial real estate  1,779   2,953   944   394   629 
Agricultural  2,519   1,876   106   58   85 
Residential real estate  318   215   98   178   113 
Consumer and home equity  1,695   2,107   1,499   1,319   905 
                
Total charge-offs  10,797   16,042   4,418   2,952   2,198 
                     
Recoveries:                    
Commercial  598   525   210   58   206 
Commercial real estate  103   35   69   23   22 
Agricultural  39   3   36      1 
Residential real estate  43   11   67   19   5 
Consumer and home equity  460   346   329   399   215 
                
Total recoveries  1,243   920   711   499   449 
                     
Net charge-offs  9,554   15,122   3,707   2,453   1,749 
                     
Provision for loan losses  19,676   22,526   6,119   4,958   4,211 
                
                     
Balance at end of year $39,186  $29,064  $21,660  $19,074  $13,883 
                
                     
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year  0.74%  1.11%  0.30%  0.23%  0.21%
                     
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans  3.12%  2.16%  1.64%  1.64%  1.56%
                     
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans  73%  56%  58%  190%  195%

At December 31, 2004, the Company’s allowance for loan losses totaled $39.2 million, an increase of $10.1 million over the previous year-end. The allowance as a percentage of total loans was 3.12% and 2.16% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans increased to 73% at December 31, 2004 versus 56% at December 31, 2003. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2004 represents the estimated probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on the Company’s comprehensive assessment. The results of this assessment resulted in a provision for loan losses of $19.7 million for 2004.

36


Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which actual losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

                                         
  At December 31: 
  2004  2003  2002  2001  2000 
  Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent  Amount  Percent 
  of  of Loans  of  of Loans  of  of Loans  of  of Loans  of  of Loans 
  Allowance  in Each  Allowance  in Each  Allowance  in Each  Allowance  in Each  Allowance  in Each 
  for  Category  for  Category  for  Category  for  Category  for  Category 
  Loan  to Total  Loan  to Total  Loan  to Total  Loan  to Total  Loan  to Total 
(Dollars in thousands) Losses  Loans  Losses  Loans  Losses  Loans  Losses  Loans  Losses  Loans 
   
Commercial $11,420   16.2% $7,739   18.5% $5,321   20.0% $4,376   20.0% $2,924   19.2%
Commercial real estate  9,297   27.4   5,354   27.6   4,725   25.3   3,611   23.7   1,902   18.8 
Agricultural  8,197   15.6   6,078   17.6   3,711   17.7   2,341   16.1   2,270   18.7 
Residential real estate  1,468   20.7   1,447   18.4   1,414   18.6   1,700   20.2   1,186   22.4 
Consumer and home equity  2,122   20.1   2,161   17.9   2,007   18.4   2,578   20.0   1,818   20.9 
Unallocated  6,682      6,285      4,482      4,468      3,783    
                               
Total $39,186   100% $29,064   100% $21,660   100% $19,074   100% $13,883   100%
                               

The Company’s methodology in the estimation of the allowance for loan losses includes the following broad areas:

1.  Impaired commercial, commercial real estate, agricultural and agricultural real estate loans, collectively in excess of $100,000 are reviewed individually and assigned a specific loss allowance, if considered necessary, in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 15”.
2.  The remaining portfolios of commercial, commercial real estate, agricultural and agricultural real estate loans are segmented into the following loan classification categories: uncriticized or pass graded loans, special mention loans, and substandard loans. The substandard category of loans greater than $100,000 is then further divided into two groupings based on an assessment of the individual loan’s collateralization levels (i.e. under collateralized or adequately collateralized). Loans under collateralized by less than 5% of the outstanding loan balance are treated the same as adequately collateralized loans.
3.  Those accruing substandard loans where the collateral deficiency is greater than 5% are split into loans with outstanding loan balances of $3.0 million or more and loans with outstanding loan balance under $3.0 million. The inherent risk of loss in each of these two groupings of loans is estimated based upon historical net loan charge off considerations, review of the amount of under collateralization of the loans in the respective groupings, as well as other qualitative factors. Previous to the fourth quarter of 2004 these groups of loans were considered in the aggregate with all substandard loans as described in the following paragraph related to adequately collateralized substandard loans.
4.  Uncritized loans, special mention loans, adequately collateralized substandard loans and all substandard loans under $100,000 are assigned allowance allocations based on historical net loan charge off experience for each of the respective loan categories over the previous two years, supplemented with additional reserve amounts, if considered necessary, based upon qualitative factors. These qualitative factors include the levels and trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, and risk ratings; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in lending policy; experience, ability, and depth of management; national and local economic conditions, and concentrations of credit.
5.  The Consumer Loan portfolio is segmented into six types of loans: Residential Mortgages, Home Equity, Consumer Direct, Consumer Indirect, Personal Lines of Credit, and Student Loans. Each of those categories is

37


subdivided into categories based on delinquency status, either 90 days and over past due or under 90 days. Allowance allocations on these types of loans are based on the average loss experience over the last three years for each subdivision of delinquency status supplemented with qualitative factors containing the same elements as described above.
6.  A further component of the allowance is the unallocated portion which takes into consideration the inherent risk of loss in the portfolio not identified in the other three categories and includes such elements as risks associated with variances in the rate of historical loss experiences, information risks associated with the dependence upon timely and accurate risk ratings on loans, and risks associated with the dependence on collateral valuation techniques.

While management evaluates currently available information in establishing the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan losses and carrying amounts of other real estate owned. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination

Loan Maturity and Repricing Schedule
The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2004, regarding the amount of loans maturing or repricing in the portfolio. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayment or maturity and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less. Adjustable and floating-rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than the period in which they contractually mature, and fixed-rate loans are included in the period in which the final contractual repayment is due.

                 
   
      One       
  Within  Through  After    
  One  Five  Five    
(Dollars in thousands) Year  Years  Years  Total 
Commercial $106,080  $56,728  $40,370  $203,178 
Commercial real estate  6,469   36,285   300,778   343,532 
Agricultural  37,965   40,087   117,133   195,185 
Residential real estate  11,374   18,007   229,674   259,055 
Consumer and home equity  9,217   108,040   134,198   251,455 
             
                 
Total loans $171,105  $259,147  $822,153  $1,252,405 
             
                 
Loans maturing after one year:                
With a predetermined interest rate     $168,411  $247,197     
With a floating or adjustable rate      90,736   574,956     
               
                 
      $259,147  $822,153     
               

Investing Activities
The Company’s total investment security portfolio increased $114.4 million to $766.5 million as of December 31, 2004 compared to $652.1 million as of December 31, 2003. The largest increase was in mortgage-backed securities, which increased $85.8 million as detailed below. The investment security increase corresponds with the decrease in loans during 2004, as the Company used a portion of the cash available from the decline in loans to invest in securities. Further detail regarding the Company’s investment portfolio follows.

U.S. Agency Securities.At December 31, 2004, the available for sale U.S. Agency securities portfolio totaled $233.2 million and consisted primarily of callable securities, as callable securities provide higher yields than similar securities without call features. At December 31, 2004 included in callable securities are $95.6 million of structured notes all of which are step callable agency debt issues. The step callable bonds step-up in rate at specified intervals and are periodically callable by the issuer. At December 31, 2004, the structured notes had a current average coupon of 4.04% that adjust on average to 6.49% within six years. At December 31,

38


2003, the U.S. Agency securities portfolio totaled $211.9 million, all of which was classified as available for sale.

State and Municipal Obligations.At December 31, 2004, the portfolio of state and municipal obligations totaled $251.3 million, of which $212.0 million was classified as available for sale. At that date, $39.3 million was classified as held to maturity, with a fair value of $40.0 million. At December 31, 2003, the portfolio of state and municipal obligations totaled $242.5 million, of which $195.4 million was classified as available for sale. At that date, $47.1 million was classified as held to maturity, with a fair value of $48.1 million.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.Mortgage-backed securities, all of which were classified as available for sale, totaled $278.5 million and $192.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The portfolio was comprised of $187.6 million of mortgage-backed pass-through securities, $81.3 million of collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and $9.6 million of other asset-backed securities at December 31, 2004. The mortgage-backed pass-through securities were predominantly issued by government-sponsored enterprises (FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA). Approximately 90% of the mortgage-backed pass-through securities were in fixed rate securities that were most frequently formed with mortgages having an original balloon payment of five or seven years. The adjustable rate agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio is principally indexed to the one-year Treasury bill. The CMO portfolio consists of government issues and privately issued AAA rated securities. The other asset-backed securities are primarily Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA) floaters, which are securities backed by student loans. At December 31, 2003 the portfolio consisted of $138.5 million of mortgage-backed pass-through securities, $45.1 million of CMOs and $9.1 million of other asset-backed securities.

Corporate Bonds.The corporate bond portfolio, all of which was classified as available for sale, totaled $0.5 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company’s investment policy limits investments in corporate bonds to no more than 10% of total investments and to bonds rated as Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services at the time of purchase.

Equity Securities.At December 31, 2004 and 2003, available for sale equity securities totaled $3.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Security Yields and Maturities Schedule
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying value, weighted average yields and contractual maturities of the Company’s debt securities portfolio as of December 31, 2004. No tax equivalent adjustments were made to the weighted average yields.

                                         
          More than One  More than Five       
  One Year or Less  Year to Five Years  Years to Ten Years  After Ten Years  Total 
      Weighted      Weighted      Weighted      Weighted      Weighted 
  Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average 
(Dollars in thousands) Cost  Yield  Cost  Yield  Cost  Yield  Cost  Yield  Cost  Yield 
   
Available for Sale:                                        
U.S. Agency $362   2.36% $101,609   3.42% $48,125   4.28% $84,152   4.36% $234,248   3.93%
Mortgage-backed securities  93   6.14   26,289   4.79   144,501   4.10   107,109   4.12   277,992   4.17 
State and municipal obligations  14,151   3.85   139,767   3.51   49,086   3.68   2,686   4.65   205,690   3.59 
Corporate bonds  502   6.38                     502   6.38 
   
                                         
Total debt securities available for sale $15,108   3.92% $267,665   3.60% $241,712   4.05% $193,947   4.23% $718,432   3.93%
   
                                         
Held to Maturity:                                        
State and municipal obligations $27,675   2.26% $8,178   4.26% $2,074   5.03% $1,390   5.17% $39,317   2.93%
   
                                         
Total debt securities held to maturity $27,675   2.26% $8,178   4.26% $2,074   5.03% $1,390   5.17% $39,317   2.93%
   

39


Deposits
The Banks offer a broad array of deposit products including checking accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit. At December 31, 2004, total deposits remained flat in comparison to prior year at $1.819 billion. During 2004, total deposits remained flat in part because the Company did not actively pursue expansion of the deposit base as a result of the liquidity created from the decrease in loans.

The Company considers all deposits core except certificates of deposit over $100,000. Core deposits amounted to $1.597 billion or 87.8% of total deposits at December 31, 2004 compared to $1.552 billion or 85.3% of total deposits at December 31, 2003. The core deposit base consists almost exclusively of in-market accounts. Core deposits are supplemented with certificates of deposit over $100,000, which amounted to $221.6 million and $267.1 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company also utilizes brokered certificates of deposit as a funding source. Brokered certificates of deposit included in certificates of deposit over $100,000 totaled $68.1 million and $125.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decline in brokered certificates of deposit resulted from the Company utilizing cash available from the decline in loans to repay maturing deposits.

The daily average balances, percentage composition and weighted average rates paid on deposits are presented below for each of the years ended December 31:

                                     
  2004  2003  2002 
      Percent          Percent          Percent    
      of Total  Weighted      of Total  Weighted      of Total  Weighted 
  Average  Average  Average  Average  Average  Average  Average  Average  Average 
(Dollars in thousands) Balance  Deposits  Rate  Balance  Deposits  Rate  Balance  Deposits  Rate 
   
Interest-bearing checking $396,558   21.5%  0.73% $389,267   21.8%  0.91% $354,687   22.2%  1.43%
Savings and money market  424,013   22.9   0.66   411,587   23.0   0.96   366,708   23.0   1.57 
Certificates of deposit under $100,000  527,298   28.5   2.45   509,056   28.4   2.93   438,587   27.5   3.80 
Certificates of deposit over $100,000  233,155   12.6   2.57   234,966   13.1   2.90   217,150   13.6   3.53 
Non-interest bearing accounts  267,721   14.5      245,234   13.7      219,028   13.7    
                            
                                     
Total deposits $1,848,745   100.0%  1.33% $1,790,110   100.0%  1.63% $1,596,160   100.0%  2.20%
                            

The following table indicates the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2004:

                     
   
  3 Months  Over 3 To  Over 6 To  Over 12    
(Dollars in thousands) Or Less  6 Months  12 Months  Months  Total 
   
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 $120,647  $92,454  $152,999  $152,089  $518,189 
                     
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more  72,498   34,830   52,780   61,520   221,628 
                
                     
Total certificates of deposit $193,145  $127,284  $205,779  $213,609  $739,817 
                

40


Borrowings
Outstanding borrowings are as follows at December 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Short-term borrowings:        
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements $28,554  $22,525 
FHLB advances  7,000   26,500 
Other     1,000 
       
         
Total short-term borrowings $35,554  $50,025 
       
         
Long-term borrowings:        
FHLB advances $55,348  $62,469 
Other  25,032   25,051 
       
         
Total long-term borrowings $80,380  $87,520 
       

Total short-term borrowings decreased to $35.6 million at December 31, 2004 from $50.0 million at December 31, 2003. Total long-term borrowings decreased to $80.4 at December 31, 2004 million from $87.5 million at December 31, 2003. The Company funded the short-term and long-term borrowing reduction with cash available from the decline in loans experienced in 2004.

During 2003, FII expanded the terms of an existing credit agreement with M&T Bank and infused approximately $15.0 million of the financing proceeds as capital to the NBG and BNB subsidiaries, allowing those banks to meet the higher capital ratios required in formal agreements entered into with the OCC. The credit agreement includes a $25.0 million term loan facility and a $5.0 million revolving loan facility. The $25.0 million term loan is included in other long-term borrowings. There were no advances outstanding on the revolving loan at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Junior Subordinated Debentures
In February 2001, the Company issued $16.7 million of junior subordinated debentures to a statutory trust subsidiary. The junior subordinated debentures have a fixed interest rate equal to 10.20% and mature in 30 years. The Company incurred $487,000 in costs related to the issuance that are being amortized over 20 years using the straight-line method. The statutory trust subsidiary then participated in the issuance of trust preferred securities of similar terms and maturity. The regulatory capital generated from issuing the trust preferred securities helped support the acquisition of the BNB subsidiary. As of December 31, 2003, the Company deconsolidated the subsidiary trust, which had issued trust preferred securities, and replaced the presentation of such instruments with the Company’s junior subordinated debentures issued to the subsidiary trust. Such presentation reflects the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46 R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.”

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003

Overview
Net income for 2004 was $12.5 million, a decrease of $1.7 million or 12% from 2003 net income of $14.2. Diluted earnings per share for 2004 were $0.98, a decrease of $0.15 per share in comparison to $1.13 per share for 2003. Return on average common equity was 6.55% for the twelve months of 2004 compared to 7.65% in 2003. The provision for loan losses in 2004 was $19.7 million, down $2.8 million from the prior year. Noninterest expenses totaled $65.6 million in 2004 an increase of $4.8 million from 2003, which related to a $3.2 million increase in salaries and benefits and a $1.6 million increase in other operating expenses.

41


Average Balance Sheet Statements of Financial Condition and Net Interest Analysis
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company'sCompany’s consolidated statements of financial condition and reflects the average yields earned on interest-earning assets, as well as the average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the years indicated. Such yields and rates were derived by dividing interest income or expense by the average balances of interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities, respectively, for the years shown. Tax equivalent adjustments have been made. All average balances are average daily balances.

                                     
  Year ended December 31 
  2004  2003  2002 
  Average  Interest      Average  Interest      Average  Interest    
  Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/  Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/  Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/ 
(Dollars in thousands) Balance  Paid  Rate  Balance  Paid  Rate  Balance  Paid  Rate 
       
Interest-earning assets:                                    
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits $35,245  $448   1.27% $45,361  $505   1.11% $28,889  $494   1.71%
Investment securities (1):                                    
Taxable  475,180   19,343   4.07   379,932   16,073   4.23   359,030   19,109   5.32 
Non-taxable  241,999   12,802   5.29   222,660   12,794   5.75   207,107   13,109   6.33 
                            
Total investment securities  717,179   32,145   4.48   602,592   28,867   4.79   566,137   32,218   5.69 
Loans (2):                                    
Commercial and agricultural  800,133   46,393   5.80   859,709   51,196   5.96   766,818   52,177   6.80 
Residential real estate  248,872   16,555   6.65   255,429   18,340   7.18   234,813   19,362   8.25 
Consumer and home equity  246,327   15,115   6.14   242,491   17,020   7.02   233,173   18,776   8.05 
                            
Total loans  1,295,332   78,063   6.03   1,357,629   86,556   6.38   1,234,804   90,315   7.31 
Total interest-earning assets  2,047,756   110,656   5.40   2,005,582   115,928   5.78   1,829,830   123,027   6.72 
                                     
Allowance for loan losses  (30,600)          (25,135)          (20,030)        
Other noninterest-earning assets  173,414           175,290           155,216         
                                  
                                     
Total assets $2,190,570          $2,155,737          $1,965,016         
                                  
                                     
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
Interest-bearing checking $396,558  $2,903   0.73% $389,267  $3,547   0.91% $354,687  $5,059   1.43%
Savings and money market  424,013   2,812   0.66   411,587   3,958   0.96   366,708   5,768   1.57 
Certificates of deposit  760,453   18,909   2.49   744,022   21,758   2.92   655,737   24,340   3.71 
Short-term borrowings  40,156   770   1.92   61,954   1,492   2.41   77,883   1,784   2.29 
Long-term borrowings  83,550   3,648   4.37   81,795   3,517   4.30   90,000   3,957   4.40 
Junior subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities  16,702   1,728   10.35   16,200   1,677   10.35   16,200   1,677   10.35 
                            
Total interest-bearing liabilities  1,721,432   30,770   1.79   1,704,825   35,949   2.11   1,561,215   42,585   2.73 
                            
                                     
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  267,721           245,234           219,028         
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities  15,670           21,165           20,306         
                                  
Total liabilities  2,004,823           1,971,224           1,800,549         
                                     
Stockholders’ equity (3)  185,747           184,513           164,467         
                                  
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $2,190,570          $2,155,737          $1,965,016         
                                  
                                     
Net interest income – tax equivalent     $79,886          $79,979          $80,442     
Less: tax equivalent adjustment      4,481           4,478           4,588     
                                  
Net interest income      75,405           75,501           75,854     
                                     
Net interest rate spread          3.61%          3.67%          3.99%
                                  
                                     
Net earning assets $326,324          $300,757          $268,615         
                                  
                                     
Net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets          3.90%          3.99%          4.40%
                                  
                                     
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities          118.96%          117.64%          117.21%
                                  


(1)Amounts shown are amortized cost for both held to maturity and available for sale securities. In order to make pre-tax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt securities comparable to those on taxable securities and loans, a tax-equivalent adjustment to interest earned from tax-exempt securities has been computed using a federal tax rate of 35%.
(2)Net of deferred loan fees and costs, and loan discounts and premiums. Nonaccrual loans are included in the yield calculations in this table.
Year ended December 31 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 ----------------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------- Average Interest Average Interest Average Interest Outstanding Earned/ Yield/ Outstanding Earned/ Yield/ Outstanding Earned/ Yield/ (Dollars in thousands) Balance Paid Rate Balance Paid Rate Balance Paid Rate ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interest-earning assets: Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits $ 45,361 $ 505 1.11% $ 28,889 $ 494 1.71% $ 8,634 $ 358 4.15% Investmentthe average loan totals presented above. Payments on nonaccrual loans have been recognized as disclosed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements.
(3)Includes unrealized gains/(losses) on securities (1): Taxable 387,799 16,073 4.14 364,356 19,109 5.24 251,794 15,288 6.07 Non-taxable 231,529 12,794 5.53 211,358 13,109 6.20 170,151 11,279 6.63 ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- Total investment securities 619,328 28,867 4.66 575,714 32,218 5.59 421,945 26,567 6.30 Loans (2): Commercial and agricultural 859,709 51,196 5.96 766,818 52,177 6.80 611,866 51,244 8.38 Residential real estate 255,429 18,340 7.18 234,813 19,362 8.25 227,784 20,193 8.86 Consumer and home equity 242,491 17,020 7.02 233,173 18,776 8.05 217,070 20,045 9.23 ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- Total loans 1,357,629 86,556 6.38 1,234,804 90,315 7.31 1,056,720 91,482 8.66 Total interest-earning assets 2,022,318 115,928 5.73 1,839,407 123,027 6.69 1,487,299 118,407 7.96 Allowanceavailable for loan losses (25,135) (20,030) (16,825) Other non-interest earning assets 158,554 145,639 117,698 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total assets $2,155,737 $1,965,016 $1,588,172 ========== ========== ========= Interest-bearing liabilities: Savings and money market $ 411,587 $ 3,958 0.96% $ 366,708 $ 5,768 1.57% $ 253,128 $ 5,244 2.07% Interest-bearing checking 389,267 3,547 0.91 354,687 5,059 1.43 172,022 2,110 1.23 Certificates of deposit 744,022 21,758 2.92 655,737 24,340 3.71 696,230 36,060 5.18 Borrowed funds 143,749 5,009 3.48 167,883 5,741 3.42 107,530 4,840 4.50 Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in corporations junior subordinated debentures 16,200 1,677 10.35 16,200 1,677 10.35 13,892 1,440 10.37 ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- Total interest-bearing liabilities 1,704,825 35,949 2.11 1,561,215 42,585 2.73 1,242,802 49,694 4.00 ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------- Non-interest bearing demand deposits 245,234 219,028 181,831 ---------- ---------- ---------- Other non-interest-bearing liabilities 21,165 20,306 21,318 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total liabilities 1,971,224 1,800,549 1,445,951 Stockholders' equity (3) 184,513 164,467 142,221 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $2,155,737 $1,965,016 $1,588,172 ========== ========== ========== Net interest income $ 79,979 $ 80,442 $ 68,713 ======== ======== ======== Net interest rate spread 3.62% 3.96% 3.96% ======= ======= ======= Net earning assets $ 317,493 $ 278,192 $ 244,497 ========== ========== ========== Net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets 3.95% 4.37% 4.62% ======= ======= ======= Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 118.62% 117.82% 119.67% ======= ======= ======= sale.
(1) Amounts shown are amortized cost for held to maturity securities and fair value for available for sale securities. In order to make pre-tax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt securities comparable to those on taxable securities and loans, a tax-equivalent adjustment to interest earned from tax-exempt securities has been computed using a federal tax rate of 35%. (2) Net of deferred loan fees and costs, and loan discounts and premiums. (3) Includes unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale. 31

42


Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the principal source of the Company'sCompany’s earnings, was $75.4 million in 2004, compared to $75.5 million in 2003 comparable to $75.9 million in 2002.2003. Net interest margin was 3.95%3.90% for the year ended December 31, 2003,2004, a drop of 429 basis points from the 4.37%3.99% level for the same period last year. GrowthNet interest margin declined in average2004, partially a result of the historically low interest rate environment. Although interest rates began to rise from historically low levels during 2004, the Company’s yields on earning assets declined more rapidly than the cost of $183 million, or 10%, served to partially offset the fall in net interest margin. funds.

The growth in average earning assets is comprised of average increases of $123 million and $60 million in loans and investment securities, respectively. The Company'sCompany’s yield on average earning assets was 5.73%5.40% for 2003,2004, down 9638 basis points from 6.69% from 2002.5.78% in 2003. The Company'sCompany’s loan portfolio yield was 6.38%6.03%, down 35 basis points from 2003, and tax-equivalent investment yield was 4.66%4.48% for 2003, each2004, down 9331 basis pointpoints from 2002.2003. The decline in both categories is partiallyprimarily due to the historically low interest rate environment, which has led to repricing of variable rate loans and prepayments of higher yielding investment securities and resulting redeployment of those funds at current market rates. Lost interest on the higher levels of nonaccrual loans has also contributed to the decline in loan portfolio yield.

Total average interest-bearing liabilities were $1.705$1.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 20032004, representing a $144$16 million increase over 2002 and represented approximately 80% of the average increased funding required to support the growth in average earning assets. The principal funding source for the average earning asset growth was deposits, with the average for the year ended December 31, 2003 increasing $194 million or 12% over the average for the same period in 2002. Net interest margin declined in 2003, as general market interest rates declined to historically low levels. As overall interest rates have continued to remain low, the Company's yields on earning assets declined in 2003 more rapidly than the cost of funds. The Company's cost of interest bearing liabilities was 2.11% for 2003, a drop of 62 basis points from 2002. Interest bearing liabilities represented approximately 85% of the funding sources for earning assets in 2003 and 2002 with the balance of earning assets being funded by net noninterest bearing funding sources. Net noninterest bearing funding sources represent the amount of zero interest cost funds such as demand deposits and equity that are available to fund earning assets after funding non-interest earning assets. Coupling the zero interest funding sources with interest bearing liabilities results in a total cost of funds for the Company in 2003 of 1.78%, down 54 basis points from the 2002 total cost of funds of 2.32%. Net interest income was $75.9 million in 2002 compared with $64.8 million in 2001, an increase of $11.1 million or 17%. Average earning assets grew by $352 million to $1.839 billion in 2002, or 24% over 2001, which offset the effects of a 25 basis point decline in the net interest margin from 4.62% in 2001 to 4.37% in 2002.2003. Total average interest-bearing liabilitiesdeposits were $1.561$1.85 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002, representing a $3182004, an increase of $59 million increaseor 3% over 2001 and 90% of the average increased funding required to support the growth in average earning assets.deposits for 2003. The Company’s cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 1.79% for 2004, a drop of 32 basis points from 2003.

43


Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company'sCompany’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by current year rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
Year ended December 31 ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 vs. 2002 2002 vs. 2001 ---------------------------------------------------------------- Increase/(Decrease) Total Increase/(Decrease) Total Due To Increase/ Due To Increase/ (Dollars in thousands) Volume Rate (Decrease) Volume Rate (Decrease) --------------------------------------------------------------- Interest-earning assets: Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits $ 200 $ (189) $ 11 $ 349 $ (213) $ 136 Investment securities: Taxable 971 (4,007) (3,036) 5,957 (2,136) 3,821 Non-taxable 1,165 (1,480) (315) 2,565 (735) 1,830 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total investment securities 2,136 (5,487) (3,351) 8,522 (2,871) 5,651 Loans: Commercial and agricultural 5,965 (6,946) (981) 11,249 (10,316) 933 Residential real estate 1,466 (2,488) (1,022) 595 (1,426) (831) Consumer and home equity 657 (2,413) (1,756) 1,300 (2,569) (1,269) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total loans 8,088 (11,847) (3,759) 13,144 (14,311) (1,167) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total interest-earning assets 10,424 (17,523) (7,099) 22,015 (17,395) 4,620 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Interest-bearing liabilities: Savings and money market 432 (2,242) (1,810) 1,807 (1,283) 524 Interest-bearing checking 311 (1,823) (1,512) 2,606 343 2,949 Certificates of deposit 2,557 (5,138) (2,581) (1,500) (10,220) (11,720) Borrowed funds (833) 100 (733) 2,059 (1,158) 901 Junior subordinated debentures issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trust -- -- -- 240 (3) 237 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total interest-bearing liabilities 2,467 (9,103) (6,636) 5,212 (12,321) (7,109) ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Net interest income $ 7,957 $ (8,420) $ (463) $ 16,803 $ (5,074) $ 11,729 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========

                         
  Year ended December 31: 
  2004 vs. 2003  2003 vs. 2002 
  Increase/(Decrease)  Total  Increase/(Decrease)  Total 
  Due To  Increase/  Due To  Increase/ 
(Dollars in thousands) Volume  Rate  (Decrease)  Volume  Rate  (Decrease) 
   
Interest-earning assets:                        
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits $(133) $76  $(57) $200  $(189) $11 
Investment securities:                        
Taxable  3,878   (608)  3,270   886   (3,922)  (3,036)
Non-taxable  1,635   (1,627)  8   917   (1,232)  (315)
                   
Total investment securities  5,513   (2,235)  3,278   1,803   (5,154)  (3,351)
Loans:                        
Commercial and agricultural  (3,435)  (1,368)  (4,803)  5,965   (6,946)  (981)
Residential real estate  (435)  (1,350)  (1,785)  1,466   (2,488)  (1,022)
Consumer and home equity  237   (2,142)  (1,905)  657   (2,413)  (1,756)
                   
Total loans  (3,633)  (4,860)  (8,493)  8,088   (11,847)  (3,759)
                   
                         
Total interest-earning assets $1,747  $(7,019) $(5,272) $10,091  $(17,190) $(7,099)
                   
                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
Interest-bearing checking $44  $(688) $(644) $311  $(1,823) $(1,512)
Savings and money market  74   (1,220)  (1,146)  432   (2,242)  (1,810)
Certificates of deposit  359   (3,208)  (2,849)  2,558   (5,140)  (2,582)
Short-term borrowings  (420)  (302)  (722)  (385)  93   (292)
Long-term borrowings  71   60   131   (351)  (89)  (440)
Junior subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities  51      51          
                   
                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities  179   (5,358)  (5,179)  2,565   (9,201)  (6,636)
                   
                         
Net interest income $1,568  $(1,661) $(93) $7,526  $(7,989) $(463)
                   

Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses represents management'smanagement’s estimate of the expense necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level representative of probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The provision for loan losses totaled $19.7 million in 2004, compared to $22.5 million in 2003. Net loan charge-offs were $9.6 million, or 0.74% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $15.0 million, or 1.11% of average loans for 2003. Commercial and commercial mortgage loans represented $5.6 million compared to $11.3 million of net charge-offs in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 73% at December 31, 2004 versus 56% at December 31, 2003. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans was 3.12% and 2.16% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The provision for loan losses declined in 2004 as compared to 2003 due to the reduced levels of net loan charge-offs, largely offset by an increase in nonperforming loans and potential problem loans. See the “Analysis on Allowance for Loan Losses” and “Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses” sections for further discussion.

44


Noninterest Income
The following table presents the major categories of noninterest income during the years ended December 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Service charges on deposits $11,987  $11,461 
Financial services group fees and commissions  5,733   5,692 
Mortgage banking activities  2,147   4,036 
Gain on sale of securities  248   1,041 
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio  1,177    
Other  4,079   3,842 
       
         
Total noninterest income $25,371  $26,072 
       

Noninterest income decreased 3% to $25.4 million in 2004 compared to $26.1 million in 2003. The decrease in noninterest income is primarily attributed to the decline in mortgage banking activities, which includes gains and losses from the sale of loans, mortgage servicing income and the amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights, which corresponds to the lower volume of residential mortgage loans sold in the current year relative to the historically high levels of refinancing activity experienced in 2003. Net gain from the sale of loans, the largest component of mortgage banking activities, totaled $0.9 million and $3.2 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decline in mortgage banking activities was partially offset by a $1.2 million gain from the sale of the Company’s credit card portfolio during 2004. The increases in income from service fees, financial services group fees and commissions and other income mostly offset the decline in gain on securities compared with last year.

Noninterest Expense
The following table presents the major categories of noninterest expense during the years ended December 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Salaries and employee benefits $37,009  $33,825 
Occupancy and equipment  8,854   8,270 
Supplies and postage  2,469   2,468 
Amortization of other intangible assets  809   1,226 
Computer and data processing  1,957   1,829 
Professional fees  3,376   1,881 
Other  11,112   11,324 
       
         
Total noninterest expense $65,586  $60,823 
       

Noninterest expense was $65.6 million in 2004 compared to $60.8 million in 2003. The primary component of noninterest expense is salaries and benefits, which totaled $37.0 million in 2004 and $33.8 million in 2003. The 9% increase in salaries and benefits relates in part to staff and resources added within the credit administration function. Occupancy and equipment increased to $8.9 million in 2004 from $8.3 in 2003 as a result of opening new branch offices and higher operating costs related to the expansion of staff. The company also experienced a substantial increase in professional fees to $3.4 million in 2004 from $1.9 million in 2003. The increase related to professional and consulting fees associated with the reorganization of loan operations, compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and a comprehensive special review of risk ratings on the commercial loan portfolio. The increase in noninterest expenses, coupled with the flattening of revenue growth, were the principal factors in the rise in the Company’s efficiency ratio to 62.12% for 2004, compared to 55.73% for 2003. During 2004, NBG received notification of a further downgrade in supervisory subgroup based on the OCC report of examination for the period as of December 31, 2003. Because of this downgrade, the Company expects FDIC insurance premiums to be measurably higher, with an estimated impact on 2005 earnings of approximately $0.05 per share.

45


Income Tax Expense
The provision for income taxes provides for Federal and New York State income taxes, which amounted to $3.0 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The fluctuation in income tax expense corresponds in general with taxable income levels for each year. The effective tax rate for 2004 was 19.5%, compared to 21.8% in 2003. The lower effective tax rate in 2004 is primarily attributable to tax exempt interest income constituting a larger proportion of income before income tax expense.

The current and deferred tax provision is calculated based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified, which is generally in the third quarter of the subsequent year for U.S. federal and state provisions.

The amount of income tax expense paid is subject to ongoing audits by federal and state tax authorities, which often result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters. However, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire. As a result, our effective tax rate may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis.

Segment Information
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” the Company’s reportable segments are primarily comprised of the subsidiary banks as the Company evaluates performance on an individual bank basis. During 2002 the Company completed a geographic realignment of the subsidiary banks, which involved the merger of the subsidiary formerly known as PSB into NBG and subsequent transfer of branches between NBG and WCB. The Financial Services Group (FSG) is also included as a reportable segment as the Company evaluates the performance of this line of business separately from the banks. Financial information related to the Company’s segments is presented in Note 17 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2002

Overview
For the year ended December 31, 2003, net income was of $14.2 million compared to $26.5 million in 2002. Diluted earnings per share for the year 2003 were $1.13, down from $2.23 per share in 2002. Return on average common equity was 7.65% for the twelve months of 2003 compared to 17.01% in 2002. The most significant impact on 2003 financial results was the provision for loan losses, which totaled $22.5 million, an increase of $16.4 million over the $6.1 million provision for loan losses in 2002.

Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, was $75.5 million in 2003 comparable to $75.9 million in 2002. Net interest margin was 3.99% for the year ended December 31, 2003, a drop of 41 basis points from the 4.40% level for the same period last year. Net interest margin declined in 2003, as general market interest rates declined to historically low levels.

The Company’s yield on average earning assets was 5.78% for 2003, down 94 basis points from 6.72% in 2002. The Company’s loan portfolio yield was 6.38%, down 93 basis points from the prior year. The tax-equivalent investment yield was 4.79% for 2003, down 90 basis points from 2002.

Total average interest-bearing liabilities were $1.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003 representing a $144 million increase over 2002 and represented approximately 80% of the average increased funding required to support the growth in average earning assets. The principal funding source for the average earning asset growth was deposits, with the average for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaling $1.79 billion, an increase of $194 million or 12% over the average for 2002. The Company’s cost of interest bearing liabilities was 2.11% for 2003, a drop of 62 basis points from 2002.

Provision for Loan Losses

46


The provision for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the expense necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level representative of probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio. The provision for loan losses was $22.5 million in 2003 compared to $6.1 million in 2002 and $5.0 million in 2001.2002. The significant increase in the provision for loan losses during 2003 primarily relates to higher levels of nonperforming loans and charge-offs. Nonperforming loans increased to $51.5 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $37.1 million at December 31, 2002. Nonperforming agricultural credits, principally dairy farms, have increased $10 million sincefrom December 31, 2002 after a long period of depressed milk prices. Total nonperforming agricultural loans were $22 million at December 31, 2003 or 9.40% of total agricultural loans. Borrower cash flows in the dairy industry have recently improved due to some stabilization and upward movement in milk prices. Net loan charge-offs were $15 million, or 1.11% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $4 million, or 0.30% of average loans for 2002. Commercial and commercial mortgage loans represented $11 million of net charge-offs in 2003. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 56% at December 31, 2003 versus 58% at December 31, 2002. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans was 2.16% and 1.64% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. See "Lending Activities" section for further discussion. 33

Noninterest Income
The following table presents the major categories of noninterest income during the years indicated:
Year Ended December 31 -------------------------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ---- ---- ---- Service charges on deposits.......................... $ 11,461 $ 10,603 $ 7,653 Financial services group fees and commissions........ 5,692 5,629 2,690 Mortgage banking activities.......................... 4,036 2,279 2,190 Gain on sale or call of securities................... 1,041 285 531 Other................................................ 3,842 3,393 2,718 --------- --------- --------- Total noninterest income........................... $ 26,072 $ 22,189 $ 15,782 ========= ========= =========
ended December 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2003  2002 
Service charges on deposits $11,461  $10,603 
Financial services group fees and commissions  5,692   5,629 
Mortgage banking activities  4,036   2,279 
Gain on sale of securities  1,041   285 
Other  3,842   3,393 
       
         
Total noninterest income $26,072  $22,189 
       

Noninterest income increased 17% to $26.1 million in 2003 compared to $22.2 million in 2002. The increase in noninterest income is partially attributed to the growth in deposits and related service fees. The increase in mortgage banking activities, which includes gains and losses from the sale of loans, mortgage servicing income and the amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights, corresponds with the increase in residential mortgage refinancing activity resulting from the historically low interest rate environment during 2003. Gains and losses from the sale of loans, the largest component of mortgage banking activities, totaled $3.2 million and $1.5 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company sells most fixed rate newly originated and refinanced mortgage loansexperienced an increased in the secondary market and retains the servicing rights. The Company's loan servicing portfolio was $439gain on sale of securities to $1.0 million at December 31,in 2003 compared to $356 million at December 31,$285,000 in 2002. Noninterest income increased 41% to $22.2 million in 2002 compared to $15.8 million in 2001. TheThis increase resulted from gains from the sale of corporate bonds and an increase in noninterest income is partially attributed to the growth in deposits and related service fees. In addition, the increase in financial services group fees and commissions reflects the ongoing expansiongains recognized on unamortized discount bonds called by issuers because of the financial services line of business. In comparison to 2001, the year ended December 31, 2002 reflects a full year of fees and commissions generated by the Company's employee benefits administration and compensation consulting firm, BGI, acquireddecline in interest rates during the fourth quarter of 2001. 2003.

47


Noninterest Expense
The following table presents the major categories of noninterest expense during the years indicated:
Year Ended December 31 -------------------------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ---- ---- ---- Salaries and employee benefits....................... $ 33,825 $ 30,093 $ 22,958 Occupancy and equipment.............................. 8,270 7,285 6,050 Supplies and postage................................. 2,468 2,371 1,953 Amortization of goodwill............................. -- -- 1,653 Amortization of other intangible assets.............. 1,226 898 728 Computer and data processing......................... 1,829 1,759 1,501 Professional fees.................................... 1,881 1,612 1,326 Other................................................ 11,324 9,031 7,183 --------- --------- --------- Total noninterest expense.......................... $ 60,823 $ 53,049 $ 43,352 ========= ========= =========
ended December 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2003  2002 
Salaries and employee benefits $33,825  $30,093 
Occupancy and equipment  8,270   7,285 
Supplies and postage  2,468   2,371 
Amortization of other intangible assets  1,226   898 
Computer and data processing  1,829   1,759 
Professional fees  1,881   1,612 
Other  11,324   9,031 
       
         
Total noninterest expense $60,823  $53,049 
       

Noninterest expense was $60.8 million in 2003 compared to $53.0 million in 2002. The overall increase in noninterest expense is generally attributed to higher credit collection costs, costs of opening new branch offices and costs for additional lending and credit administration staff. The Company'sCompany’s largest component of noninterest expense, salaries and employee benefits, increased 13% in 2003, primarily a reflection of staffing additions as previously indicated. Included in 2003 other expenses are the following items which increased substantially from the prior year: $1.1 million of other real estate expense, $683,000 of commercial loan expense and $544,000 of limited partnership expense. The additional noninterest expenses, coupled with a slowing of revenue growth, are the principal factors in an increase in the 34 Company'sCompany’s efficiency ratio to 55.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared toup from 50.6% and 48.5% in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Noninterest expense increased 22% to $53.0 million in 2002 compared to $43.4 million in 2001. The Company's largest component of noninterest expense, salaries and employee benefits, increased 31% in 2002, a reflection of staffing additions from acquisitions and other additions necessary to support the Company's growth. The increase also results from overhead coupled with integrating the newly acquired companies, expenditures associated with maintaining the Company's investment in technology and costs connected with opening new branch offices. In contrast, goodwill amortization expense recognized on the BNB acquisition, which amounted to $1.7 million in 2001, ceased on January 1, 2002 with the adoption of SFAS No. 142. 2002.

Income Tax Expense
The provision for income taxes provides for Federal and New York State income taxes, which amounted to $4.0 million $12.4 million and $11.0$12.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 2002 and 2001,2002, respectively. The fluctuation in the provision for income taxes corresponds in general with taxable income levels for each year.levels. The effective tax rate for 2003 was 21.8%, compared to 31.9% in 2002 and 34.2% in 2001.2002. The lower effective tax rate in 2003 is primarily attributable to tax exempt interest income constituting a larger proportion of net income before income taxes. Segment Information In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," the Company's reportable segments are comprised of WCB, NBG, BNB, FTB and FSG as the Company evaluates performance on an individual bank basis. During 2002 the Company completed a geographic realignment of the subsidiary banks, which involved the merger of the subsidiary formerly known as PSB into NBG and subsequent transfer of branches between NBG and WCB. Accordingly, the Company restated segment results to reflect the merger and transfers

48


FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net loss for each of the years presented. Financial information related to the Company's segments is presented in Note 17 of the notes to consolidated financial statements. FINANCIAL CONDITION At December 31, 2003 the Company had total assets of $2.174 billion, an increase of 3% from $2.105 billion at December 31, 2002. Total deposits were $1.819 billion at year-end 2003, compared with $1.709 billion a year earlier. Book value per common share at December 31, 2003 was $14.81, an increase of 2% from $14.46 at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2003 the Company's total shareholders' equity was $183 million compared to $178 million a year earlier. During the fourth quarter of 20032004 was $0.8 million compared with net income of $5.1 million for the Company completed a debt-financing plan that raised $25 million. Approximately $15third quarter of 2004 and net income of $2.2 million offor the financing proceeds were contributed as capital to the Company's NBG and BNB subsidiaries allowing those banks to meet higher capital ratios required in agreements imposed by their regulator. See Note 15fourth quarter of the notes to consolidated financial statements. 35 Lending Activities Set forth below is selected information concerning the composition of the Company's loan portfolio.
At December 31 --------------------------------------------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 --------------------------------------------------------------- Commercial $ 248,313 $ 262,630 $ 232,379 $ 169,832 $ 140,376 Commercial real estate 369,712 332,134 274,702 166,041 137,648 Agricultural 235,199 233,769 186,623 165,367 151,534 Residential real estate 251,502 251,898 240,141 201,160 189,149 Consumer and home equity 240,591 241,461 232,205 184,745 145,038 ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- --------- Total loans, gross 1,345,317 1,321,892 1,166,050 887,145 763,745 Allowance for loan losses (29,064) (21,660) (19,074) (13,883) (11,421) ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- --------- Total loans, net $ 1,316,253 $ 1,300,232 $ 1,146,976 $ 873,262 $ 752,324 =========== =========== =========== ========= =========
Gross loans increased slightly to $1.345 billion at December 31, 2003 from $1.322 billion at December 31, 2002, an increase of $23 million or 1.8%. Commercial loans decreased $14 million or 5.5%, while commercial real estate loans increased by $38 million or 11.3%. At December 31, 2003, commercial loans totaled $248 million, representing 18.5% of total loans, and commercial real estate loans totaled $370 million, representing 27.5% of total loans. At December 31, 2003, agricultural loans, which include agricultural real estate loans, totaled $235 million, representing 17.5% of the total loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, residential real estate loans remained flat at $252 million or 18.7% of total loans in 2003. Although the residential real estate loans portfolio remained flat year-over-year, the Company processed a significant number of mortgage applications during 2003 because of the historically low interest rate environment during 2003. The Company sells most qualifying newly originated and refinanced residential real estate mortgages ondecline from the secondary market. The sold and serviced residential real estate loan portfolio increasedthird quarter of 2004 primarily related to $386a $8.1 million at December 31, 2003 from $301 million at December 31, 2002. During 2003 and 2002, the Company sold residential real estate loans totaling $192 million and $139 million, respectively. Gross loans increased to $1.322 billion at December 31, 2002 from $1.166 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $156 million or 13.4%, principally from continued expansion of the commercial, commercial real estate and agricultural loan portfolios. Commercial loans increased $30 million or 13.0%, while commercial real estate loans increased by $57 million or 20.9%. At December 31, 2002, commercial loans totaled $263 million, representing 19.9% of total loans, and commercial real estate loans totaled $332 million, representing 25.1% of total loans. At December 31, 2002, agricultural loans increased by $47 million or 25.3%, to $234 million, represented 17.7% of the total loan portfolio. The 2002 increases in commercial, commercial real estate and agricultural loans reflect the Company's expanded business development efforts. As of December 31, 2002, residential real estate loans grew by $12 million or 4.9% from December 31, 2001, and totaled $252 million or 19.1% of total loans. The relatively small percentage increase in residential real estate loansthe provision for loan losses to $10.2 million in the fourth quarter from $2.1 million in the third quarter, as well as additional noninterest expenses associated with asset quality and compliance issues. Fourth quarter 2004 net loss represents a $3.0 million decline from fourth quarter 2003 net income of $2.2 million. The fourth quarter 2004 provision for loan losses was $1.9 million higher than the $8.3 million provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 2003. Net loss per share for the fourth quarter of 2004 was $0.11, a decrease of $0.28 per share in comparison to commercialdiluted earnings per share of $0.17 for the comparable quarter last year. Return (loss) on average common equity for the fourth quarter (annualized) 2004 was (2.78)% compared with 4.44% for the fourth quarter 2003. Return (loss) on average assets (annualized) for the 2004 fourth quarter declined to (0.15)% compared with 0.41% for the same quarter last year. The decline in return ratios resulted from the combination of a $1.9 million increase in provision for loan types correspondslosses, a $0.9 million decrease in noninterest income and a $2.3 million increase in noninterest expense.

For the fourth quarter 2004, net interest income remained relatively flat with the Company's trend towards selling newly originated residential real estate mortgages, which is evidenced by2003 fourth quarter at $19.0 million. Interest income from securities offset the increasedecline in interest earned on a lower loan base. The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2004 was 3.91% compared with 3.98% in the sold and servicedsame quarter last year.

The provision for loan portfolio to $301losses totaled $10.2 million at December 31, 2002 from $246for fourth quarter 2004 compared with $2.1 million at December 31, 2001. During 2002 and 2001,for the Company sold residential real estate loans totaling $139 million and $117 million, respectively. The Company also offers a broad rangethird quarter of consumer loan products. Consumer and home equity loans totaled $241 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, representing 17.9%$8.3 million for the fourth quarter of the total loan portfolio at year-end 2003. The flat consumer portfolio is a reflection of an increase in home equity lines of credit offset by a decline in the Company's indirect lending program, which resulted from an increase in competition for automobile financing. 36 Nonaccrual Loans and Nonperforming Assets During 2003, the Company's credit quality declined further, particularly in the agricultural sector. Nonperforming loans increased to $51.5 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $37.1 million at December 31, 2002. Nonperforming agricultural credits, principally dairy farms, have increased $10 million since December 31, 2002 after a long period of depressed milk prices. Total nonperforming agricultural loans were $22 million at December 31, 2003 or 9.40% of total agricultural loans. Net loan charge-offs were $15$2.2 million, or 1.11%0.70% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2003fourth quarter 2004 compared to $4$8.3 million, or 0.30%2.44% of average loans for 2002. Commercialthe fourth quarter 2003. Although net loan charge-offs declined in fourth quarter 2004 in comparison to fourth quarter 2003, the provision for loan losses increased as a result of an increase in nonperforming loans and commercial mortgage loans represented $11potential problem loans.

Noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2004 declined $0.9 million, of net charge-offsor 13%, from the same quarter in 2003. The decline is largely attributed to a drop of $0.6 million in mortgage banking income, a result of lower volumes of mortgage originations and corresponding sales of mortgages in the secondary market during 2004.

Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2004 was $17.7 million, an increase of $2.3 million over the same quarter a year ago. The higher expenses reflect the increase in staff for the centralized credit administration function and fees for professional services. Included in the fees for professional services are costs associated with asset quality and regulatory issues, as well as costs incurred for the implementation of the Section 404 internal control provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The higher expenses, combined with flat revenue, resulted in an efficiency ratio of 67.01% for the 2004 fourth quarter compared to 55.33% for the 2003 fourth quarter.

Average deposits grew 3% for the fourth quarter 2004 to $1.86 billion in comparison to the same quarter last year. The deposit growth reflects the development of the customer base at new branches that have been added over the last 2 years. Total loans declined 7% to $1.26 billion as of December 31, 2004 compared with $1.35 billion at the end of the prior year. Loan origination has slowed as the Company has performed a comprehensive analysis of each impaired loan over $250,000, including the borrower's paying capacity; assessed the collateral supporting the loans outstanding and made appropriate allocations of loss allowances. Various forms of collateral including receivables, inventory, livestock, equipment, real property and other assets, secure the majority of the nonperforming loans. The following table sets forth information regarding nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets.
At December 31 ---------------------------------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------- Nonaccrual loans (1) Commercial $ 12,983 $ 12,760 $ 2,623 $ 1,044 $ 1,159 Commercial real estate 11,745 8,407 3,344 1,619 1,373 Agricultural 18,870 8,739 1,529 2,881 1,455 Residential real estate 2,496 1,065 921 835 413 Consumer and home equity 578 915 541 217 375 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total nonaccrual loans 46,672 31,886 8,958 6,596 4,775 Restructured loans 3,069 4,129 -- -- -- Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent 1,709 1,091 1,064 521 969 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total nonperforming loans 51,450 37,106 10,022 7,117 5,744 Other real estate owned 653 1,251 947 932 969 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total nonperforming assets $ 52,103 $ 38,357 $ 10,969 $ 8,049 $ 6,713 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Total nonperforming loans to total loans 3.82% 2.81% 0.86% 0.80% 0.75% Total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate 3.87% 2.90% 0.94% 0.91% 0.88%
(1) Although loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days orimplemented more past due they may be placed on nonaccrual status earlier if they have been identified by the Company as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest or principal. 37 Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses represents the estimated amount of probable credit losses in the Company's loan portfolio. The Company performs periodic, systematic reviews of its Banks' portfolios to identify these probable losses, and to assess the overall collectibility of these portfolios. These reviews result in the identification and quantification of loss factors, which are used in determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses. In addition, the Company periodically evaluates prevailing economic and business conditions, industry concentrations, changes in the size and characteristics of the portfolio and other pertinent factors. The allowance for loan losses is allocated to cover the estimated losses in each loan category basedstringent underwriting requirements, implemented training on the results of this detailed review. The process used bynew credit processes and focused resources on the Company to determine the overall allowance forexisting loan losses is based on this analysis, taking into consideration management's judgment. Allowance methodology is reviewed on a periodic basisportfolio.

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2004 were $55.2 million, up $5.5 million from September 30, 2004 and modified as appropriate. Based on this analysis, the Company believes that the allowance for loan losses is fairly stated atup $3.1 million from December 31, 2003. The following table sets forth an analysisratio of nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate was 4.39% at the activityend of 2004 compared with 3.87% at the end of 2003. Net loan charge-offs in the allowance for loan losses forfourth quarter of 2004 were $2.2 million, up $0.3 million from the periods indicated.
Years Ended December 31 ---------------------------------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 ---------------------------------------------------- Balance at beginning of year $ 21,660 $ 19,074 $ 13,883 $ 11,421 $ 9,570 Addition resulting from acquisitions -- 174 2,686 -- -- Charge-offs: Commercial 8,891 1,771 1,003 466 312 Commercial real estate 2,953 944 394 629 139 Agricultural 1,876 106 58 85 12 Residential real estate 215 98 178 113 461 Consumer and home equity 2,107 1,499 1,319 905 663 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total charge-offs 16,042 4,418 2,952 2,198 1,587 Recoveries: Commercial 525 210 58 206 88 Commercial real estate 35 69 23 22 23 Agricultural 3 36 -- 1 -- Residential real estate 11 67 19 5 163 Consumer and home equity 346 329 399 215 102 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total recoveries 920 711 499 449 376 Net charge-offs 15,122 3,707 2,453 1,749 1,211 Provision for loan losses 22,526 6,119 4,958 4,211 3,062 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Balance at end of year $29,064 $ 21,660 $ 19,074 $ 13,883 $ 11,421 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year 1.11% 0.30% 0.23% 0.21% 0.17% Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans 2.16% 1.64% 1.64% 1.56% 1.50% Ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans 56% 58% 190% 195% 199%
At December 31, 2003, the Company's allowance for loan losses totaled $29third quarter of 2004 and down $6.1 million an increase of $7 million over the previous year-end. The allowance as a percentage of total loans was 2.16% and 1.64% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans declined slightly to 56% at December 31, 2003 versus 58% at December 31, 2002. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2003 represents the estimated probable losses in the loan portfolio 38 based on the Company's comprehensive assessment of collateral values and borrower paying capacity on impaired loans in excess of $250,000 together with the Company's assessment of current economic conditions in the Company's market area. The results of these assessments showed that a provision for loan losses of $22.5 million was required and recorded during 2003. The increase in commercial loan charge-offs to $8.9 million at December 31, 2003 from $1.8 million at December 31, 2002 related primarily to NBG, as the NBG subsidiary accounted for approximately 90% of the Company's increase in commercial loan charge-offs. In addition, over 60%, or $4.6 million of NBG's commercial loan charge-offs were attributed to four credit relationships. The following table summarizes the loan delinquencies (excluding past due nonaccrual loans) in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2003: Accruing Loans 60-89 90 Days (Dollars in thousands) Days or More ---- ------- Commercial $ 1,426 $ 1,219 Commercial real estate 519 -- Agricultural 284 178 Residential real estate 524 106 Consumer and home equity 508 206 -------- -------- Total $ 3,261 $ 1,709 ======== ======== Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which actual losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.
At December 31 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent of of Loans of of Loans of of Loans of of Loans of of Loans Allowance in Each Allowance in Each Allowance in Each Allowance in Each Allowance in Each for Category for Category for Category for Category for Category Loan to Total Loan to Total Loan to Total Loan to Total Loan to Total (Dollars in thousands) Losses Loans Losses Loans Losses Loans Losses Loans Losses Loans ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Commercial $ 7,739 18.4% $ 5,321 19.9% $ 4,376 19.9% $ 2,924 19.1% $ 1,909 18.4% Commercial real estate 5,354 27.5 4,725 25.1 3,611 23.6 1,902 18.7 2,071 18.0 Agricultural 6,078 17.5 3,711 17.7 2,341 16.0 2,270 18.7 1,443 19.8 Residential real estate 1,447 18.7 1,414 19.1 1,700 20.6 1,186 22.7 914 24.8 Consumer and home equity 2,161 17.9 2,007 18.2 2,578 19.9 1,818 20.8 1,270 19.0 Unallocated 6,285 -- 4,482 -- 4,468 -- 3,783 -- 3,814 -- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- Total $ 29,064 100% $ 21,660 100% $ 19,074 100% $ 13,883 100% $ 11,421 100% ========= ======== ========= ======== ========= ======== ========= ======== ========= ========
39 Loan Maturity and Repricing Schedule The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2003, regarding the amount of loans maturing or repricing in the portfolio. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayment or maturity and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less. Adjustable and floating-rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than the period in which they contractually mature, and fixed-rate loans are included in the period in which the final contractual repayment is due.
At December 31, 2003 ---------------------------------------------------- One Within Through After One Five Five (Dollars in thousands) Year Years Years Total ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Commercial $ 121,226 $ 75,081 $ 52,006 $ 248,313 Commercial real estate 10,534 40,525 318,653 369,712 Agricultural 59,990 48,113 127,096 235,199 Residential real estate 12,064 18,256 221,182 251,502 Consumer and home equity 9,759 109,802 121,030 240,591 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total loans $ 213,573 $ 291,777 $ 839,967 $1,345,317 ========== ========== ========== ========== Loans maturing after one year: With a predetermined interest rate $ 171,158 $ 236,295 With a floating or adjustable rate 120,619 603,672 ---------- ---------- $ 291,777 $ 839,967 ========== ==========
Investing Activities U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities. At December 31, 2003, the U.S. Treasury and agency securities portfolio totaled $211.9 million, all of which was classified as available for sale. The portfolio consisted entirely of U.S. federal agency securities. The U.S. agency security portfolio consists of primarily callable securities, as callable securities provide higher yields than similar securities without call features. During 2003 the Company also utilized U.S. agency discount notes as a short-term investment alternative, particularly at the NBG and BNB subsidiaries. At December 31, 2002, the U.S. Treasury and agency securities portfolio totaled $120.6 million, all of which was classified as available for sale. The portfolio consisted of $1.0 million in U. S. Treasury securities and $119.6 million in U. S. federal agency securities. The $91.3 million increase in the Company's investment in U.S. agency securities during 2003 relatescompared to the utilization of agency discount notes as a cash management tool, as well as the overall attractiveness of U.S. agency securities from a yield, risk or liquidity perspective. State and Municipal Obligations. At December 31, 2003, the portfolio of state and municipal obligations totaled $242.5 million, of which $195.4 million was classified as available for sale. At that date, $47.1 million was classified as held to maturity, with a fair value of $48.1 million. At December 31, 2002, the portfolio of state and municipal obligations totaled $222.0 million, of which $174.9 million was classified as available for sale. At that date, $47.1 million was classified as held to maturity, with a fair value of $48.1 million. Over the past few years, more favorable yields on new purchases of these securities, when compared to taxable investment alternatives, has led to growth in this portfolio. In addition, the Company has expanded its overall municipal banking relationship business that includes both deposit activities and investing in obligations issued by those municipalities. Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities, all of which were classified as available for sale, totaled $192.7 million and $283.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The portfolio was comprised of $138.5 million of mortgage-backed pass-through securities, $45.1 million of collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) and $9.1 million of other asset-backed securities at December 31, 2003. The mortgage backed pass-through securities were predominantly issued by government sponsored enterpises (FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA). Approximately 80% of the mortgage- 40 backed pass-through securities were in fixed rate securities that were most frequently formed with mortgages having an original balloon payment of five or seven years. The adjustable rate agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio is principally indexed to the one-year Treasury bill. The CMO portfolio consists of government issues and privately issued AAA rated securities. The other asset-backed securities are primarily Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA) floaters, which are securities backed by student loans. At December 31, 2002 the portfolio consisted of $193.4 million of mortgage-backed pass-through securities, $78.6 million of CMOs and $11.5 million of SLMAs. The decrease in mortgage-backed securities is a result of significant prepayments of this security class during the year due to the historically low interest rate environment and redeployment of the funds in alternative investment vehicles, namely U.S. agency securities. Corporate Bonds. The corporate bond portfolio, all of which was classified as available for sale, totaled $4.1 million and $13.9 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The decline in this class of securities relates to the liquidation of certain bonds to satisfy managements desire to decrease overall credit risk. The Company's investment policy limits investments in corporate bonds to no more than 10% of total investments and to bonds rated as Baa or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or BBB or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services at the time of purchase. Equity Securities. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, available for sale equity securities totaled $0.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Security Yields and Maturities Schedule The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying value, weighted average yields and contractual maturities of the Company's debt securities portfolio as of December 31, 2003. No tax equivalent adjustments were made to the weighted average yields.
December 31, 2003 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- More than One More than Five One Year or Less Year to Five Years Years to Ten Years After Ten Years Total -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Weighted Weighted Weighted Weighted Weighted Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average Amortized Average (Dollars in thousands) Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield Cost Yield -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Available for Sale: US Treasury and agency $ 39,424 1.57% $ 26,946 4.41% $ 45,534 4.94% $ 98,666 4.47% $210,570 4.02% Mortgage-backed securities 176 2.28 20,520 4.67 82,698 4.43 86,518 4.30 189,912 4.39 State and municipal obligations 13,712 4.40 105,978 3.74 61,636 3.87 5,003 4.74 186,329 3.86 Corporate bonds 3,015 5.84 506 6.38 -- -- 499 9.50 4,020 6.37 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total debt securities available for sale $ 56,327 2.49% $153,950 3.99% $189,868 4.37% $190,686 4.41% $590,831 4.11% ======================================================================================================= Held to Maturity: State and municipal obligations $ 33,458 2.14% $ 10,654 4.39% $ 2,220 4.81% $ 799 5.11% $ 47,131 2.82% ======================================================================================================= Total debt securities held to maturity $ 33,458 2.14% $ 10,654 4.39% $ 2,220 4.81% $ 799 5.11% $ 47,131 2.82% =======================================================================================================
41 Borrowing Activities Outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 ------- ------- Short-term borrowings: Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements $22,525 $60,679 FHLB advances 26,500 26,000 Other 1,000 510 ------- ------- Total short-term borrowings $50,025 $87,189 ======= ======= Long-term borrowings: FHLB advances $62,469 $86,822 Other 25,051 5,268 ------- ------- Total long-term borrowings $87,520 $92,090 ======= ======= Information related to Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ------- ------- ------- Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.89% 1.50% 1.88% Maximum outstanding at any month-end $36,414 $61,951 $65,474 Average amount outstanding during the year $30,284 $47,924 $33,157 The average amounts outstanding are computed using daily average balances. Related interest expense for 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $376,000, $ 951,000 and $1,108,000, respectively. At December 31, 2003, the Company had outstanding various short and long-term FHLB advances with maturity dates extending through 2014. The FHLB advances bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 2.41% to 7.80% and the weighted average interest rate amounted to 4.47% as of December 31, 2003. The Company's FHLB advances include $20.0 million in fixed-rate callable borrowings, which can be called by the FHLB on a quarterly basis. FHLB advances are collateralized by $6.0 million of FHLB stock, mortgage loans with a carrying value of $84.2 million at December 31, 2003 and investment securities with a fair market value of $37.8 million at December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2003, the Company had remaining credit available of $27.8 million under lines of credit with the FHLB. The Company also had $74.3 million of remaining credit available under unsecured lines of credit with various banks at December 31, 2003. The Company also has available lines of credit with Farmer Mac permitting borrowings to a maximum of $25.0 million. Advances outstanding against the Farmer Mac lines at December 31, 2003 amounted to $1.0 million. During 2003, FII expanded the terms of an existing credit agreement with M&T Bank to aid in achieving the capital plans established for its NBG and BNB subsidiaries. The credit agreement includes a $25.0 million term loan facility and a $5.0 million revolving loan facility. The term loan requires monthly payments of interest only, at a variable interest rate of London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 1.75%, which was 2.98% as of December 31, 2003. The $25.0 million term loan is included in long-term borrowings on the consolidated statements of financial condition as principal installments are due as follows: $5 million in December 2006, $10 million in December 2007 and $10 million in December 2008. The $5 million revolving loan accrues interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.50%. There were no advances outstanding on the revolving loan as of December 31, 2003. The credit agreement includes affirmative financial covenants, all of which were met as of December 31, 2003. FII pledged the stock of its subsidiary banks as collateral for the credit facility. 42 Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures On February 22, 2001, the Company established FISI Statutory Trust I (the "Trust"), which is a statutory business trust formed under Connecticut law. The Trust exists for the exclusive purposes of (i) issuing and selling 30 year guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the trust assets ("trust preferred" or "capital" securities) in the aggregate amount of $16.2 million at a fixed rate of 10.20%, (ii) using the proceeds from the sale of the capital securities to acquire the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company and (iii) engaging in only those other activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto. The Company's junior subordinated debentures are the primary assets of the Trust and, accordingly, payments under the corporation obligated junior debentures are the sole revenue of the Trust. The capital securities of the Trust are non-voting. The Company owns all of the common securities of the Trust. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the capital securities to partially fund the BNB acquisition. The capital securities qualified as Tier 1 capital under regulatory definitions as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. The Company's primary sources of funds to pay interest on the debentures held by the Trust are current dividends from its subsidiary banks. Accordingly, the Company's ability to service the debentures is dependent upon the continued ability of the subsidiary banks to pay dividends to the Company. Since the junior subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively are classified as debt for financial statement purposes, the tax-deductible expense associated with the capital securities is recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company incurred $487,000 in costs to issue the securities and the costs are being amortized over 20 years using the straight-line method As of December 31, 2003, the Company deconsolidated the subsidiary Trust, which had issued trust preferred securities, and replaced the presentation of such instruments with the Company's junior subordinated debentures issued to the subsidiary Trust. Such presentation reflects the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46 R"), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities." Deposits The Banks offer a broad array of core deposit products including checking accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit under $100,000. These core deposits totaled $1.552 billion or 85.3% of total deposits of $1.819 billion at December 31, 2003. The core deposit base consists almost exclusively of in-market accounts. Core deposits are supplemented with certificates of deposit over $100,000, which amounted to $267.1 million as of December 31, 2003, primarily from in-market municipal, business and individual customers. As of December 31, 2003, brokered certificates of deposit included in certificates of deposit over $100,000 totaled $125.4 million. Total deposits at December 31, 2003 amounted to $1.819 billion, an increase of $110.4 million or 6.5% from $1.709 billion at December 31, 2002. Core deposit products were $1.507 billion or 88.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2002. Certificates of deposit over $100,000 totaled $201.8 million at December 31, 2002, which included $71.6 million in brokered certificates of deposit. 43 The daily average balances, percentage composition and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 are presented below:
For the year ended December 31 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2003 2002 2001 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Percent Percent Percent of Total Weighted of Total Weighted of Total Weighted Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average (Dollars in thousands) Balance Deposits Rate Balance Deposits Rate Balance Deposits Rate ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Interest-bearing checking $ 389,267 21.8% 0.91% $ 354,687 22.2% 1.43% $ 172,022 13.2% 1.23% Savings and money market 411,587 23.0 0.96 366,708 23.0 1.57 253,128 19.4 2.07 Certificates of deposit under $100,000 509,056 28.4 2.93 438,587 27.5 3.80 376,256 28.9 5.36 Certificates of deposit over $100,000 234,966 13.1 2.90 217,150 13.6 3.53 319,974 24.6 4.97 Non-interest bearing accounts 245,234 13.7 -- 219,028 13.7 -- 181,831 13.9 -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total average deposits $1,790,110 100.0% 1.63% $1,596,160 100.0% 2.20% $1,303,211 100.0% 3.33% ================================================================================================
The following table indicates the amount of the Company's certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2003:
At December 31, 2003 ---------------------------------------------------------- 3 Months Over 3 To Over 6 To Over 12 (Dollars in thousands) Or Less 6 Months 12 Months Months Total ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 $ 147,641 $ 105,578 $ 105,686 $ 143,661 $ 502,566 Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 92,378 35,401 39,033 100,304 267,116 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total certificates of deposit $ 240,019 $ 140,979 $ 144,719 $ 243,965 $ 769,682 ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." SFAS No. 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." SFAS No. 146 requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. SFAS No. 142 does not apply to costs associated with an exit activity that involves an entity newly acquired in a business combination. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 did not affect the Company's consolidated financial statements. FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," was issued in November 2002. FASB Interpretation No. 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company has provided the required disclosures. The Company adopted the recognition and measurement provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 45 effective January 1, 2003. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 44 In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance could be accounted for as equity, be accounted for as liabilities. Financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable securities, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all other financial instruments. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 150 on July 1, 2003. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities". The objective of this interpretation is to provide guidance on how to identify a variable interest entities ("VIE") and determine when the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interests, and results of operations of a VIE need to be included in a company's consolidated financial statements. FIN 46 was effective for all VIEs created after January 31, 2003. However, the FASB postponed that effective date to December 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised FIN 46 ("FIN 46R') which further delayed the effective date until March 31, 2004 for VIE's created prior to February 1, 2003. The requirements of FIN 46R resulted in the deconsolidation of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary trust, formed to issue mandatorily redeemable preferred securities ("trust preferred securities"). The deconsolidation, as of December 31, 2003, results in the derecognition of the $16.2 million of trust preferred securities and the recognition of junior subordinated debentures of $16.7 million and investment in the subsidiary trust of $502,000 in the Company's 2003 consolidated statement of financial position. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision of SFAS No. 132, "Employers Disclosure about Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits" to expand disclosure requirements to include descriptions of plan assets, investment strategy, measurement dates, plan obligations, cash flows and components of net periodic benefit cost recognized during interim periods. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 132, as revised, on December 31, 2003. Required disclosures have been made in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. year’s fourth quarter.

49


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity
The objective of maintaining adequate liquidity is to assure the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to meet their financial obligations. These obligations include the withdrawal of deposits on demand or at their contractual maturity, the repayment of borrowings as they mature, the ability to fund new and existing loan commitments and the ability to take advantage of new business opportunities. The Company and its subsidiaries achieve liquidity by maintaining a strong base of core customer funds, maturing short-term assets, the ability to sell securities, lines of credit, and access to capital markets.

Liquidity at the subsidiary bank level is managed through the monitoring of anticipated changes in loans, the investment portfolio, core deposits and wholesale funds. The strength of the subsidiary bank'sbanks’ liquidity position is a result of itstheir base of core customer deposits. These core deposits are supplemented by wholesale funding sources that include credit lines with the other banking institutions, the FHLB Farmer Mac and the Federal Reserve Bank.

The primary source of liquidity for the parent company is dividends from subsidiaries, lines of credit, and access to capital markets. Dividends from subsidiaries are limited by various regulatory requirements related to capital adequacy and earnings trends. The Company'sCompany’s subsidiaries rely on cash flows from operations, core deposits, borrowings, short-term liquid assets, and, in the case of non-banking subsidiaries, funds from the parent company. Payment of dividends to the Company from NBG and BNB are currently restricted by the terms of the formal agreements entered into with the OCC in September 2003. Dividends from WCB and FTB have not, nor are they expected to, fully cover the cost of the Company’s current debt service, preferred stock dividends and common stock dividends. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company'sCompany’s cash and cash equivalents were $85.6$46 million at December 31, 2003, an increase2004, a decrease of $37.2$40 million from the balance of $48.4$86 million at December 31, 2002.2003. The principal sources ofCompany’s net cash from financingprovided by operating activities were $110 million from the net increase in deposits, offset by $42 million of net decrease in borrowings and $9 million in dividend payments.totaled $38 million. The principal source of operating activity cash flow was the Company’s net income adjusted for noncash income and expenses items, which together accounted for approximately $34 million of net cash from 45 operating activities is the Company's net income of $14 million and loan sale proceeds.flow. The Company utilized its cash in the following investing activities: $14 millionactivities in the net acquisition of securities, $37$123 million in the net origination of loanssecurities and $10$6 million in the purchase of premises and equipment. An additional sourceThese investments were offset by $72 million of liquidityloan payments in excess of loan originations, $6 million generated from the sale of the credit card portfolio and $2 million from the sale of the equity investment in Mercantile Adjustment Bureau, LLC. The Company utilized cash in financing activities by reducing debt by $22 million and paying $9 million in dividends to the Company is provided from its ability to limit its investing activities and/or dispose of its securities and loans. Additional liquidity can be provided to the Company through limiting the growth in loans by offering terms and pricing that would not be competitive. Securities available for sale and newly originated loans could be sold to provide additional liquidity. The fair value of assets being sold is dependent upon market conditions at the time of sale and potentially could adversely affect the Company's earnings. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS shareholders.

Contractual Obligations
The following table presents the Company'sCompany’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003:
Less Than More Than Total 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5 Years ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating Leases $ 5,540 $ 651 $ 1,105 $ 942 $ 2,842 Long-term Borrowings 87,520 -- 22,421 44,330 20,769 Junior subordinated debentures 16,702 -- -- -- 16,702 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total Obligations $ 109,762 $ 651 $ 23,526 $ 45,272 $ 40,313 ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 2004:

                     
      Less Than          More Than 
  Total  1 Year  1-3 Years  3-5 Years  5 Years 
Operating Leases $6,133  $786  $1,325  $1,100  $2,922 
Long-term Borrowings  80,380   142   44,237   35,761   240 
Junior subordinated debentures  16,702            16,702 
                
                     
Total Obligations $103,215  $928  $45,562  $36,861  $19,864 
                

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has an off-balance sheet arrangement, which includes the guarantee ofguaranteed distributions and payments for redemption or has guaranteed liquidation of trust preferred securities issued by a wholly owned, deconsolidated subsidiary trust to the extent of funds held by the trust. Although the guarantee is not separately recorded, the obligation underlying the guarantee is fully reflected on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated statement of financial condition as junior subordinated debentures. The subsidiary'ssubsidiary’s trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital under the Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. For further information regarding the

50


junior subordinated debentures issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trust, see Note 9 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of business, the Company has outstanding commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements. The commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. At December 31, 20032004 letters of credit totaling $11.8$10.8 million and unused loan commitments of $271.9$245.8 million were contractually available. Comparable amounts for these commitments at December 31, 20022003 were $13.4$11.8 million and $316.6$271.9 million, respectively. The total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements as many of the commitments are expected to expire without funding. For further information regarding the outstanding loan commitments, see Note 411 of the notes to consolidated financial statements. 46 CAPITAL RESOURCES

Capital Resources
The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The guidelines require a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%. Leverage ratio is also utilized in assessing capital adequacy with a minimum requirement that can range from 3.0% to 5.0%. The following table reflects the changes in the components of those ratios:
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total shareholders' equity $ 183,103 $ 178,294 $ 149,187 Less: Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available or sale 8,197 10,368 2,176 Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets 43,556 44,667 39,256 Plus: Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries 172 161 475 Qualifying trust preferred securities 16,200 16,200 12,408 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total Tier 1 capital $ 147,722 $ 139,620 $ 120,638 ========== ========== ========== Adjusted average assets $2,102,061 $2,005,837 $1,718,034 Tier 1 leverage ratio 7.03% 6.96% 7.02% Total Tier 1 capital $ 147,722 $ 139,620 $ 120,638 Plus: Qualifying allowance for loan losses 18,270 17,813 15,417 Nonqualifying trust preferred securities -- -- 3,792 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total risk-based capital $ 165,992 $ 157,433 $ 139,847 ========== ========== ========== Net risk-weighted assets $1,450,839 $1,421,160 $1,229,811 Total risk-based capital ratio 11.44% 11.08% 11.37%

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Total shareholders’ equity $184,287  $183,103  $178,294 
Less: Unrealized gains on securities available for sale  3,884   8,197   10,368 
Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets  43,476   43,556   44,667 
Plus: Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries  178   172   161 
Qualifying trust preferred securities  16,200   16,200   16,200 
          
             
Total Tier 1 capital $153,305  $147,722  $139,620 
          
             
Adjusted quarterly average assets $2,149,947  $2,102,061  $2,005,837 
Tier 1 leverage ratio  7.13%  7.03%  6.96%
             
Total Tier 1 capital $153,305  $147,722  $139,620 
Plus: Qualifying allowance for loan losses  17,271   18,270   17,813 
Nonqualifying trust preferred securities         
          
             
Total risk-based capital $170,576  $165,992  $157,433 
          
             
Net risk-weighted assets $1,359,803  $1,450,839  $1,421,160 
Total risk-based capital ratio  12.54%  11.44%  11.08%

The Company'sCompany’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 7.13% at December 31, 2004. The ratio increased from 7.03% at December 31, 2003. The ratio increased slightly from 6.96% at December 31, 2002. Total Tier 1 capital of $153.3 million at December 31, 2004 increased $5.6 million from $147.7 million at December 31, 2003 increased $8.1 million from $139.6 million at December 31, 2002.2003. The increase in Tier 1 capital relates primarily to the increase in retained earnings resulting from 20032004 net income of $14.2$12.5 million and reduced by $8.6$8.7 million in preferred and common dividends declared during 2003. 2004.

The Company'sCompany’s total risk-weighted capital ratio was 12.54% at December 31, 2004. The ratio increased from 11.44% at December 31, 2003. The ratio increased from 11.08%Total risk-based capital was $170.6 million at December 31, 2002. Total risk-based capital was2004, an increase of $4.6 million from $166.0 million at December 31, 2002 an increase of $8.6 million from $157.4 million at December 31, 2001.2003. The increase is primarily attributed to the $8.3$5.6 million increase in Tier 1 capital previously discussed plusless the slight increase$1.0 million decrease in qualifying allowance for loan losses.

In addition, the formal agreements entered into by NBG and BNB with their primary regulatorthe OCC required both banks to develop capital plans enabling them to achieve, by March 31, 2004, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio equal to 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio equal to 10%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12%. Each of the banks meetsmet the required levels at December 31, 2003.2003 and continued to achieve the required levels on a

51


quarterly basis throughout 2004. For further information regarding regulatory capital, see Note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements. 47

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R), which replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS No. 123R requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values beginning with the first interim period after June 15, 2005, with early adoption encouraged. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition. The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the third quarter of 2005. Under SFAS No. 123R, the Company must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The permitted transition methods include either retrospective or prospective adoption. Under the retrospective option, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, while the retrospective methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options beginning with the first period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123R. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123R, and it has not determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123 in the stock compensation plan section of Note 1.

In September 2004, the EITF issued EITF 03-1-1, “Effective Date of Paragraphs 10-20 of EITF Issue 03-1, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments’,” which delays the effective date of those paragraphs to be concurrent with the final issuance of EITF 03-1-a, “Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF 03-1, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments’.” EITF 03-1, as issued, was originally effective for periods beginning after June 15, 2004. The delay in the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance contained in EITF Issue 03-1 does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than-temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. Subsequent to the issuance EITF Issue 03-1-1, the FASB announced plans for a full reconsideration of existing authoritative literature concerning other-than-temporary impairment of securities. The outcome of this reconsideration and the impact, if any, on the Company’s impairment recognition cannot be predicted at this time.

In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 106-2 (FSP No. 106-2), “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (the Act). The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare, as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. FSP No. 106-2 is effective for the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2004, and provides that an employer shall measure the accumulated plan benefit obligation (APBO) and net periodic postretirement benefit cost, taking into account any subsidy received under the Act. As of December 31, 2004, the Company’s measurements of both the APBO and the net postretirement benefit cost do not reflect any amounts associated with the subsidy. While final regulations have not been released, the Company has not yet determined if its plan will be considered actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. However, the company does not expect the adoption of FSP No. 106-2 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

52


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

MARKET RISK

The principal objective of the Company'sCompany’s interest rate risk management is to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain assets and liabilities, determine the appropriate level of risk to the Company given its business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements and performance objectives, and manage the risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Company'sCompany’s Board of Directors. The Company'sCompany’s senior management is responsible for reviewing with the Board its activities and strategies, the effect of those strategies on the net interest margin, the fair value of the portfolio and the effect that changes in interest rates will have on the portfolio and exposure limits. Senior Management develops an Asset-Liability Policy that meets strategic objectives and regularly reviews the activities of the subsidiary banks. Each subsidiary bank board adopts an Asset-Liability Policy within the parameters of the overall FII Asset-Liability Policy and utilizes an asset/liability committee comprised of senior management of the bank under the direction of the bank'sbank’s board. The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by monitoring the Company's interest rate sensitivity "gap." An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or re-price within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or re-pricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or re-pricing within that same time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. At December 31, 2003, the one-year gap position, representing the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or re-pricing within one year and interest-bearing liabilities maturing or re-pricing within one year, was a positive $540.4 million, or 24.9% of total assets. Accordingly, over the one-year period following December 31, 2003, the Company will have an estimated $540.4 million more in assets re-pricing than liabilities. Generally if rate-sensitive assets re-price sooner than rate-sensitive liabilities, earnings will be positively impacted in a rising rate environment. Conversely, in a declining rate environment, earnings will generally be negatively impacted. If rate-sensitive liabilities re-price sooner than rate-sensitive assets then generally earnings will be negatively impacted in a rising rate environment. Conversely, in a declining rate environment earnings will generally be positively impacted. Management believes that the positive gap position at December 31, 2003 will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results. Gap Analysis The following table (the "Gap Table") sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2003 which management anticipates, based upon certain assumptions, to re-price or mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown which re-price or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of the re-pricing date or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected re-pricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments within the selected time intervals. All non-maturity deposits (demand deposits and savings deposits) were assumed to become rate sensitive over time, with 1%, 3%, 4%, 15%, 14% and 63% of such deposits assumed to re-price in the periods of less than 30 days, 31 to 180 days, 181 to 365 days, 1 to 3 years, 3 to 5 years and more than 5 years, respectively. Prepayment and re-pricing rates can have a significant impact on the estimated gap. While management believes the assumptions used in modeling the Gap Table are reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed prepayment and re-pricing rates will approximate actual future activity. 48 Gap Table
December 31, 2003 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Volumes Subject to Repricing Within ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0-30 31-180 181-365 1-3 3-5 >5 Non- (Dollars in thousands) days days days years years years Sensitive Total -------- --------- --------- -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- Interest-earning assets: Federal funds sold and and interest-bearing deposits $ 40,006 $ 75 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 40,081 Investment securities (1) 113,974 74,375 72,844 143,315 93,006 154,581 -- 652,095 Loans (2) 632,422 119,431 98,974 262,859 148,398 81,281 1,952 1,345,317 -------- --------- --------- -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- Total interest-earning assets 786,402 193,881 171,818 406,174 241,404 235,862 1,952 2,037,493 -------- --------- --------- -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing checking, savings and money market deposits 4,901 24,507 29,408 117,633 117,633 490,137 -- 784,219 Certificates of deposit 110,234 267,254 144,963 197,490 48,035 1,706 -- 769,682 Borrowed funds (3) 7,247 18,719 4,467 27,864 50,016 45,934 -- 154,247 -------- --------- --------- -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- Total interest-bearing liabilities 122,382 310,480 178,838 342,987 215,684 537,777 -- 1,708,148 -------- --------- --------- -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------- Period gap $664,020 $(116,599) $ (7,020) $ 63,187 $ 25,720 $(301,915) $ 1,952 $ 329,345 ======== ========= ========= ======== ======== ========= ========= ========== Cumulative gap $664,020 $ 547,421 $ 540,401 $603,588 $629,308 $ 327,393 $ 329,345 ======== ========= ========= ======== ======== ========= ========= Period gap to total assets 30.55% (5.36)% (0.32)% 2.91% 1.18% (13.89)% 0.09% 15.15% ======== ========= ========= ======== ======== ========= ========= ========== Cumulative gap to total assets 30.55% 25.18% 24.86% 27.77% 28.95% 15.06% 15.15% ======== ========= ========= ======== ======== ========= ========= Cumulative interest-earning assets to cumulative interest- bearing liabilities 642.58% 226.47% 188.34% 163.22% 153.77% 119.17% 119.28% ======== ========= ========= ======== ======== ========= =========
(1) Amounts shown include the amortized cost of held to maturity securities and the fair value of available for sale securities. (2) Amounts shown include principal balance net of deferred loan fees and costs, unamortized premiums and discounts. (3) Amounts shown include junior subordinated debentures. Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the Gap Table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates, both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of changes in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table. As a result of these shortcomings, the Company directs more attention on simulation modeling, such as "net interest income at risk" discussed below, rather than gap analysis. Even though the gap analysis reflects a ratio of cumulative gap to total assets within acceptable limits, the net interest income at risk simulation modeling is considered by management to be more informative in forecasting future income at risk. 49

Net Interest Income at Risk Analysis In addition

The primary tool the Company uses to the Gap Analysis, management usesmanage interest rate risk is a "rate shock"“rate shock” simulation to measure the rate sensitivity of the balance sheet. Rate shock simulation is a modeling technique used to estimate the impact of changes in rates on net interest income and economic value of equity. The following table sets forth the results of the modeling analysis at December 31, 2003:
Change in Interest Net Interest Income Economic Value of Equity Rates in Basis Points -------------------------------- -------------------------------- (Rate Shock) Amount $ Change % Change Amount $ Change % Change ------------ --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- (Dollars in thousands) 200 $ 82,800 $ 5,113 6.58% $ 414,868 $ (32,092) (7.18%) 100 80,406 2,719 3.50% 425,572 (21,388) (4.79%) Static 77,687 -- -- 446,960 -- -- (100) 72,072 (5,615) (7.23%) 435,342 (11,618) (2.60%)
2004:

                         
Change in Interest      
Rates in Basis Points Net Interest Income  Economic Value of Equity 
(Rate Shock) Amount  $ Change  % Change  Amount  $ Change  % Change 
(Dollars in thousands)                        
200 $80,525  $2,513   3.22% $355,500  $(55,407)  (13.48%)
100  79,549   1,537   1.97%  378,195   (32,712)  (7.96%)
Static  78,012         410,906       
(100)  72,330   (5,682)  (7.28%)  407,959   (2,948)  (0.72%)
(200)  65,309   (12,703)  (16.28%)  396,516   (14,390)  (3.50%)

The Company measures net interest income at risk by estimating the changes in net interest income resulting from instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in interest rates of different magnitudes over a period of 12 months. As of December 31, 2003,2004, a 200 basis point increase in rates would increase net interest income by $5.1$2.5 million, or 6.58%3.22%, over the next twelve-month period. A 100200 basis point decrease in rates would decrease net interest income by $5.6$12.7 million, or 7.23%16.28%, over a twelve-month period. As of December 31, 2004, a 200 basis point increase in rates would decrease the economic value of equity by $55.4 million, or 13.48%, over the next twelve-month period. A 200 basis point decrease in rates would decrease the economic value of equity by $14.4 million, or 3.50%, over a twelve-month period. This simulation is based on management'smanagement’s assumption as to the effect of interest rate changes on assets and liabilities and assumes a parallel shift of the yield curve. It also includes certain assumptions about the future pricing of loans and deposits in response to changes in interest rates. Further, it assumes that delinquency rates would not change as a result of changes in interest rates, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. While this simulation is a useful measure as to net interest income at risk due to a change in interest rates, it is not a forecast of the future results and is based on many assumptions that, if changed, could cause a different outcome. 50

In addition to the changes in interest rate scenarios listed above, the Company also runs other scenarios to measure interest rate risk, which vary as deemed appropriate as the economic and interest rate environments change.

53


Gap Analysis

The following table (the “Gap Table”) sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2004 which management anticipates, based upon certain assumptions, to re-price or mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown which re-price or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of the re-pricing date or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected re-pricing of assets and liabilities on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments within the selected time intervals. All non-maturity deposits (demand deposits and savings deposits) are subject to immediate withdrawal and are therefore shown to re-price in the period of less than 30 days. Prepayment and re-pricing rates can have a significant impact on the estimated gap. The results shown are based on numerous assumptions and there can be no assurance that the presented results will approximate actual future activity.
                                 
  December 31, 2004 
  Volumes Subject to Repricing Within 
  0-30  31-180  181-365  1-3  3-5  >5  Non-    
(Dollars in thousands) days  days  days  years  years  years  Sensitive  Total 
   
Interest-earning assets:                                
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits $806  $76  $  $  $  $  $  $882 
Investment securities (1)  29,072   48,348   47,784   220,674   176,817   243,820      766,515 
Loans (2)  578,879   100,304   85,390   234,541   139,946   113,265   2,728   1,255,053 
                         
Total interest- earning assets  608,757   148,728   133,174   455,215   316,763   357,085   2,728   2,022,450 
                         
                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                
Interest-bearing checking, savings and money market deposits  789,550                     789,550 
Certificates of deposit  82,802   235,736   204,471   186,934   28,131   1,743      739,817 
Borrowed funds (3)  1,553   3,537   4,844   36,395   57,899   28,408      132,636 
                         
Total interest- bearing liabilities  873,905   239,273   209,315   223,329   86,030   30,151      1,662,003 
                         
                                 
Period gap $(265,148) $(90,545) $(76,141) $231,886  $230,733  $326,934  $2,728  $360,447 
                         
                                 
Cumulative gap $(265,148) $(355,693) $(431,834) $(199,948) $30,785  $357,719  $360,447     
                          
                                 
Period gap to total assets  (12.28)%  (4.19)%  (3.52)%  10.74%  10.68%  15.14%  0.13%  16.69%
                         
                                 
Cumulative gap to total assets  (12.28)%  (16.47)%  (19.99)%  (9.26)%  1.43%  16.56%  16.69%    
                          
                                 
Cumulative interest-earning assets to cumulative interest- bearing liabilities  69.66%  68.05%  67.35%  87.07%  101.89%  121.52%  121.69%    
                          


(1)Amounts shown include the amortized cost of held to maturity securities and the fair value of available for sale securities.
(2)Amounts shown include loans held for sale and are net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs.
(3)Amounts shown include junior subordinated debentures.

For purposes of interest rate risk management, the Company directs more attention on simulation modeling, such as “net interest income at risk” as previously discussed, rather than gap analysis. The net interest income at risk simulation modeling is considered by management to be more informative in forecasting future income at risk.

54


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 20032004 AND 2002
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2003 2002 ----------- ----------- Assets Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits $ 45,635 $ 48,429 Federal funds sold 40,006 -- Securities available for sale, at fair value 604,964 596,862 Securities held to maturity (fair value of $48,121 and $48,089 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively) 47,131 47,125 Loans, net 1,316,253 1,300,232 Premises and equipment, net 34,239 27,254 Goodwill 40,621 40,593 Other assets 44,883 44,539 ----------- ----------- Total assets $ 2,173,732 $ 2,105,034 =========== =========== Liabilities And Shareholders' Equity Liabilities: Deposits: Demand $ 264,990 $ 240,755 Savings, money market and interest-bearing checking 784,219 779,772 Certificates of deposit 769,682 687,996 ----------- ----------- Total deposits 1,818,891 1,708,523 Short-term borrowings 50,025 87,189 Long-term borrowings 87,520 92,090 Junior subordinated debentures issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trust ("Junior subordinated debentures") 16,702 -- Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in corporation's junior subordinated debentures ("Trust preferred securities") -- 16,200 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 17,491 22,738 ----------- ----------- Total liabilities 1,990,629 1,926,740 Shareholders' equity: 3% cumulative preferred stock, $100 par value, authorized 10,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,666 shares in 2003 and 2002 167 167 8.48% cumulative preferred stock, $100 par value, authorized 200,000 shares, issued and outstanding 175,683 shares in 2003 and 175,755 shares in 2002 17,568 17,575 Common stock, $ 0.01 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares, issued 11,303,533 shares in 2003 and 2002 113 113 Additional paid-in capital 21,055 19,728 Retained earnings 136,938 131,320 Accumulated other comprehensive income 8,197 10,368 Treasury stock, at cost - 135,223 shares in 2003 and 199,719 shares in 2002 (935) (977) ----------- ----------- Total shareholders' equity 183,103 178,294 ----------- ----------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $ 2,173,732 $ 2,105,034 =========== ===========
2003

         
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2004  2003 
Assets
        
         
Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits $45,279  $45,635 
Federal funds sold  806   40,006 
Securities available for sale, at fair value  727,198   604,964 
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $39,984 and $48,121 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively)  39,317   47,131 
Loans held for sale  2,648   4,881 
Loans, net  1,213,219   1,311,372 
Premises and equipment, net  36,473   34,239 
Goodwill  41,371   40,621 
Other assets  50,018   44,883 
       
         
Total assets $2,156,329  $2,173,732 
       
         
Liabilities And Shareholders’ Equity
        
         
Liabilities:        
         
Deposits:        
Demand $289,582  $264,990 
Savings, money market and interest-bearing checking  789,550   784,219 
Certificates of deposit  739,817   769,682 
       
Total deposits  1,818,949   1,818,891 
         
Short-term borrowings  35,554   50,025 
Long-term borrowings  80,380   87,520 
Junior subordinated debentures issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trust (“Junior subordinated debentures”)  16,702   16,702 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities  20,457   17,491 
       
         
Total liabilities  1,972,042   1,990,629 
         
Shareholders’ equity:        
         
3% cumulative preferred stock, $100 par value, authorized 10,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,654 shares in 2004 and 1,666 shares in 2003  165   167 
8.48% cumulative preferred stock, $100 par value, authorized 200,000 shares, issued and outstanding 175,571 shares in 2004 and 175,683 shares in 2003  17,557   17,568 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares, issued 11,303,533 shares in 2004 and 2003  113   113 
Additional paid-in capital  22,185   21,055 
Retained earnings  140,766   136,938 
Accumulated other comprehensive income  3,884   8,197 
Treasury stock, at cost – 54,458 shares in 2004 and 135,223 shares in 2003  (383)  (935)
       
         
Total shareholders’ equity  184,287   183,103 
       
         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $2,156,329  $2,173,732 
       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 51

55


FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 2002 AND 2001
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Interest income: Loans $ 86,556 $ 90,315 $ 91,482 Securities 24,389 27,630 22,628 Other 505 494 358 -------- -------- -------- Total interest income 111,450 118,439 114,468 -------- -------- -------- Interest expense: Deposits 29,263 35,167 43,414 Borrowings 5,009 5,741 4,840 Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in corporation's junior subordinated debentures ("Trust preferred securities") 1,677 1,677 1,440 -------- -------- -------- Total interest expense 35,949 42,585 49,694 -------- -------- -------- Net interest income 75,501 75,854 64,774 Provision for loan losses 22,526 6,119 4,958 -------- -------- -------- Net interest income after provision for loan losses 52,975 69,735 59,816 -------- -------- -------- Noninterest income: Service charges on deposits 11,461 10,603 7,653 Financial services group fees and commissions 5,692 5,629 2,690 Mortgage banking activities 4,036 2,279 2,190 Gain on sale and call of securities 1,041 285 531 Other 3,842 3,393 2,718 -------- -------- -------- Total noninterest income 26,072 22,189 15,782 -------- -------- -------- Noninterest expense: Salaries and employee benefits 33,825 30,093 22,958 Occupancy and equipment 8,270 7,285 6,050 Supplies and postage 2,468 2,371 1,953 Amortization of goodwill -- -- 1,653 Amortization of other intangible assets 1,226 898 728 Computer and data processing 1,829 1,759 1,501 Professional fees 1,881 1,612 1,326 Other 11,324 9,031 7,183 -------- -------- -------- Total noninterest expense 60,823 53,049 43,352 -------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes 18,224 38,875 32,246 Income taxes 3,977 12,419 11,033 -------- -------- -------- Net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 ======== ======== ======== Earnings per common share: Basic $ 1.14 $ 2.26 $ 1.79 Diluted $ 1.13 $ 2.23 $ 1.77
2002

             
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2004  2003  2002 
Interest and dividend income:            
Loans $78,063  $86,556  $90,315 
Securities  27,664   24,389   27,630 
Other  448   505   494 
          
             
Total interest and divided income  106,175   111,450   118,439 
          
             
Interest expense:            
Deposits  24,624   29,263   35,167 
Short-term borrowings  770   1,492   1,784 
Long-term borrowings  3,648   3,517   3,957 
Junior subordinated debentures issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trust (“Junior subordinated debentures”)  1,728       
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in corporation’s junior subordinated debentures (“Trust preferred securities”)     1,677   1,677 
          
             
Total interest expense  30,770   35,949   42,585 
          
             
Net interest income  75,405   75,501   75,854 
             
Provision for loan losses  19,676   22,526   6,119 
          
             
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  55,729   52,975   69,735 
          
             
Noninterest income:            
Service charges on deposits  11,987   11,461   10,603 
Financial services group fees and commissions  5,733   5,692   5,629 
Mortgage banking activities  2,147   4,036   2,279 
Gain on sale of securities  248   1,041   285 
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio  1,177       
Other  4,079   3,842   3,393 
          
             
Total noninterest income  25,371   26,072   22,189 
          
             
Noninterest expense:            
Salaries and employee benefits  37,009   33,825   30,093 
Occupancy and equipment  8,854   8,270   7,285 
Supplies and postage  2,469   2,468   2,371 
Amortization of other intangible assets  809   1,226   898 
Computer and data processing  1,957   1,829   1,759 
Professional fees  3,376   1,881   1,612 
Other  11,112   11,324   9,031 
          
             
Total noninterest expense  65,586   60,823   53,049 
          
             
Income before income tax expense  15,514   18,224   38,875 
             
Income tax expense  3,021   3,977   12,419 
          
             
Net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456 
          
             
Earnings per common share:            
Basic $0.98  $1.14  $2.26 
Diluted $0.98  $1.13  $2.23 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 52

56


FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS'
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 2002 AND 2001
Accumulated Other Total 3% 8.48% Additional Comprehensive Share- (Dollars in thousands, Preferred Preferred Common Paid in Retained Income Treasury holders' except per share amounts) Stock Stock Stock Capital Earnings (Loss) Stock Equity --------- --------- ------ -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- Balance - December 31, 2000 $ 171 $ 17,587 $ 113 $ 16,472 $ 98,348 $ (144) $ (929) $131,618 Purchase of 45 shares of 3% preferred stock (4) -- -- 2 -- -- -- (2) Purchase of 11 shares of 8.48% preferred stock - (2) -- -- -- -- -- (2) Purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock -- -- -- -- -- -- (12) (12) Issue 1,141 shares of common stock - directors plan -- -- -- 23 -- -- 4 27 Issue 34,452 shares of common stock - Burke Group, Inc. acquisition -- -- -- 698 -- -- 102 800 Comprehensive income: Net income -- -- -- -- 21,213 -- -- 21,213 Unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of tax of $1,803) -- -- -- -- -- 2,636 -- 2,636 Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $215) -- -- -- -- -- (316) -- (316) Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of tax of $1,588) 2,320 -------- Total comprehensive income 23,533 -------- Cash dividends declared: 3% Preferred - $3.00 per share -- -- -- -- (5) -- -- (5) 8.48% Preferred - $8.48 per share -- -- -- -- (1,491) -- -- (1,491) Common - $0.482 per share -- -- -- -- (5,279) -- -- (5,279) --------- --------- ------ -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- Balance - December 31, 2001 $ 167 $ 17,585 $ 113 $ 17,195 $112,786 $ 2,176 $ (835) $149,187 Purchase of 100 shares of 8.48% preferred stock -- (10) -- -- -- -- -- (10) Purchase of 22,240 shares of common stock -- -- -- -- -- -- (571) (571) Issue 1,049 shares of common stock - directors plan -- -- -- 33 -- -- 4 37 Issue 19,955 shares of common stock - exercised stock options -- -- -- 342 -- -- 84 426 Issue 36,700 shares of common stock - Burke Group, Inc. acquisition and earnout -- -- -- 840 -- -- 160 1,000 Issue 47,036 shares of common stock - Bank of Avoca acquisition -- -- -- 1,318 -- -- 181 1,499 Comprehensive income: Net income -- -- -- -- 26,456 -- -- 26,456 Unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of tax of $5,603) -- -- -- -- -- 8,362 -- 8,362 Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of$115) -- -- -- -- -- (170) -- (170) Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of tax of $5,488) 8,192 -------- Total comprehensive income 34,648 -------- Cash dividends declared: 3% Preferred - $3.00 per share -- -- -- -- (5) -- -- (5) 8.48% Preferred - $8.48 per share -- -- -- -- (1,491) -- -- (1,491) Common - $0.58 per share -- -- -- -- (6,426) -- -- (6,426) --------- --------- ------ -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- Balance - December 31, 2002 $ 167 $ 17,575 $ 113 $ 19,728 $131,320 $10,368 $ (977) $178,294 Purchase of 72 shares of 8.48% preferred stock - (7) -- (1) -- -- -- (8) Purchase of 22,000 shares of common stock -- -- -- -- -- -- (417) (417) Issue 2,440 shares of common stock - directors plan -- -- -- 34 -- -- 16 50 Issue 21,669 shares of common stock - exercised stock options -- -- -- 259 -- -- 138 397 Issue 62,387 shares of common stock - Burke Group, Inc. acquisition and earnout -- -- -- 1,035 -- -- 305 1,340 Comprehensive income: Net income -- -- -- -- 14,247 -- -- 14,247 Unrealized loss on securities available for sale (net of tax of ($1,120)) -- -- -- -- -- (1,545) -- (1,545) Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $415) -- -- -- -- -- (626) -- (626) Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale (net of tax of ($1,535)) (2,171) -------- Total comprehensive income 12,076 -------- Cash dividends declared: 3% Preferred - $3.00 per share -- -- -- -- (5) -- -- (5) 8.48% Preferred - $8.48 per share -- -- -- -- (1,490) -- -- (1,490) Common - $0.64 per share -- -- -- -- (7,134) -- -- (7,134) --------- --------- ------ -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- Balance - December 31, 2003 $ 167 $ 17,568 $ 113 $ 21,055 $136,938 $ 8,197 $ (935) $183,103 ========= ========= ====== ======== ======== ======= ======= ========
2002

                                 
                  Accumulated Other    
  3%  8.48%      Additional      Comprehensive      Total 
(Dollars in thousands, Preferred  Preferred  Common  Paid in  Retained  Income  Treasury  Shareholders’ 
    except per share amounts) Stock  Stock  Stock  Capital  Earnings  (Loss)  Stock  Equity 
Balance – December 31, 2001 $167  $17,585  $113  $17,195  $112,786  $2,176  $(835) $149,187 
Purchase of 100 shares of 8.48% preferred stock     (10)                 (10)
Purchase of 22,240 shares of common stock                    (571)  (571)
Issue 1,049 shares of common stock — directors plan           33         4   37 
Issue 19,955 shares of common stock - exercised stock options           342         84   426 
Issue 36,700 shares of common stock - Burke Group, Inc. acquisition and earnout           840         160   1,000 
Issue 47,036 shares of common stock - Bank of Avoca acquisition           1,318         181   1,499 
                                 
Comprehensive income:                                
Net income              26,456         26,456 
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale (net of tax of $5,603)                 8,362      8,362 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $115)                 (170)     (170)
                                
Other comprehensive income                              8,192 
                                
Total comprehensive income                              34,648 
                                
                                 
Cash dividends declared:                                
3% Preferred — $3.00 per share              (5)        (5)
8.48% Preferred — $8.48 per share              (1,491)        (1,491)
Common — $0.58 per share              (6,426)        (6,426)
                         
Balance – December 31, 2002 $167  $17,575  $113  $19,728  $131,320  $10,368  $(977) $178,294 
Purchase of 72 shares of 8.48% preferred stock     (7)     (1)           (8)
Purchase of 22,000 shares of common stock                    (417)  (417)
Issue 2,440 shares of common stock — directors plan           34         16   50 
Issue 21,669 shares of common stock - exercised stock options           259         138   397 
Issue 62,387 shares of common stock - Burke Group, Inc. acquisition and earnout           1,035         305   1,340 
                                 
Comprehensive income:                                
Net income              14,247         14,247 
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale (net of tax of $(1,120))                 (1,545)     (1,545)
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $415)                 (626)     (626)
                                
Other comprehensive income                              (2,171)
                                
Total comprehensive income                              12,076 
                                
                                 
Cash dividends declared:                                
3% Preferred — $3.00 per share              (5)        (5)
8.48% Preferred — $8.48 per share              (1,490)        (1,490)
Common — $0.64 per share              (7,134)        (7,134)
                         
Balance – December 31, 2003 $167  $17,568  $113  $21,055  $136,938  $8,197  $(935) $183,103 
Purchase of 12 shares of 3% preferred stock  (2)        1            (1)
Purchase of 112 shares of 8.48% preferred stock     (11)     (1)           (12)
Purchase of 2,000 shares of common stock                    (30)  (30)
Issue 2,266 shares of common stock — directors plan           36         16   52 
Issue 65,975 shares of common stock - exercised stock options           871         464   1,335 
Issue 14,524 shares of common stock - Burke Group, Inc. acquisition and earnout           223         102   325 
                                 
Comprehensive income:                                
Net income              12,493         12,493 
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale (net of tax of ($2,765))                 (4,164)     (4,164)
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $99)                 (149)     (149)
                                
Other comprehensive income                              (4,313)
                                
Total comprehensive income                              8,180 
                                
                                 
Cash dividends declared:                                
3% Preferred - $3.00 per share              (5)        (5)
8.48% Preferred - $8.48 per share              (1,490)        (1,490)
Common - $0.64 per share              (7,170)        (7,170)
                         
Balance – December 31, 2004 $165  $17,557  $113  $22,185  $140,766  $3,884  $(383) $184,287 
                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 53

57


FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 2002 AND 2001
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 --------- --------- --------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 7,548 5,697 5,984 Provision for loan losses 22,526 6,119 4,958 Deferred income tax benefit (1,971) (1,060) (112) Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale 192,295 139,426 117,446 Origination of loans held for sale (190,205) (140,569) (119,994) Gain on sale and call of securities (1,041) (285) (531) Gain on sale of loans held for sale (3,153) (1,542) (1,513) (Gain) loss on sale of other assets (25) 54 131 Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries 31 175 104 Decrease (increase) in other assets 2,372 (2,609) (1,518) (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities (3,946) 698 (625) --------- --------- --------- Net cash provided by operating activities 38,678 32,560 25,543 Cash flows from investing activities: Purchase of securities: Available for sale (425,849) (425,269) (377,111) Held to maturity (32,890) (35,152) (21,933) Proceeds from maturity and call of securities: Available for sale 329,359 232,379 200,315 Held to maturity 32,812 43,419 37,381 Proceeds from sale and call of securities 82,906 45,059 91,412 Loan originations less principal payments (37,483) (143,622) (87,814) Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment 81 73 174 Purchase of premises and equipment (10,439) (5,251) (4,359) Net cash paid in equity method investment -- (2,400) -- Net cash acquired (paid) in purchase acquisitions -- 42,156 (49,072) --------- --------- --------- Net cash used in investing activities (61,503) (248,608) (211,007) Cash flows from financing activities: Net increase in deposits 110,368 213,913 124,080 Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings (37,164) (16,581) 46,497 Proceeds from long-term borrowings 29,000 23,056 28,912 Repayment of long-term borrowings (33,570) (1,386) (179) Proceeds from trust preferred securities, net of costs -- -- 15,713 Purchase of preferred and common shares (425) (581) (16) Issuance of preferred and common shares 447 463 27 Dividends paid (8,619) (7,578) (6,551) --------- --------- --------- Net cash provided by financing activities 60,037 211,306 208,483 --------- --------- --------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 37,212 (4,742) 23,019 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 48,429 53,171 30,152 --------- --------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $ 85,641 $ 48,429 $ 53,171 ========= ========= ========= Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid during year for: Interest $ 37,466 $ 44,309 $ 46,912 Income taxes 7,935 14,295 10,793 Noncash investing and financing activities: Fair value of noncash assets acquired in purchase acquisitions $ -- $ 19,020 $ 282,534 Fair value of liabilities assumed in purchase acquisitions -- 61,603 271,644 Issuance of common stock in purchase acquisitions/earnouts 1,340 2,499 800
2002

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  4,421   4,660   3,777 
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on securities  1,801   2,888   1,920 
Provision for loan losses  19,676   22,526   6,119 
Deferred income tax benefit  (4,466)  (1,971)  (1,060)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale  66,451   192,295   139,426 
Origination of loans held for sale  (64,218)  (190,205)  (140,569)
Gain on sale of securities  (248)  (1,041)  (285)
Gain on sale of loans held for sale  (910)  (3,153)  (1,542)
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio  (1,177)      
(Gain) loss on sale of other assets  (195)  (25)  54 
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries  26   31   175 
Decrease (increase) in other assets  1,700   3,408   (659)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities  2,932   (3,946)  698 
          
Net cash provided by operating activities  38,286   39,714   34,510 
             
Cash flows from investing activities:            
Purchase of securities:            
Available for sale  (353,567)  (425,849)  (425,269)
Held to maturity  (30,828)  (32,890)  (35,152)
Proceeds from maturity, call and principal paydown of securities:            
Available for sale ��181,707   329,359   232,379 
Held to maturity  38,603   32,812   43,419 
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale  40,930   82,906   45,059 
Net loan paydowns (originations)  71,915   (38,519)  (145,572)
Proceeds from sale of credit card portfolio  5,703       
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment  103   81   73 
Purchase of premises and equipment  (5,947)  (10,439)  (5,251)
Proceeds from sale (purchase of) equity investment in Mercantile Adjustment Bureau, LLC  2,400      (2,400)
Net cash acquired in purchase acquisitions        42,156 
          
Net cash used in investing activities  (48,981)  (62,539)  (250,558)
             
Cash flows from financing activities:            
Net increase in deposits  58   110,368   213,913 
Net decrease in short-term borrowings  (14,472)  (37,164)  (16,581)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings     29,000   23,056 
Repayment of long-term borrowings  (7,139)  (33,570)  (1,386)
Purchase of preferred and common shares  (43)  (425)  (581)
Issuance of preferred and common shares  1,387   447   463 
Dividends paid  (8,652)  (8,619)  (7,578)
          
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  (28,861)  60,037   211,306 
          
             
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents  (39,556)  37,212   (4,742)
             
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year  85,641   48,429   53,171 
          
             
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $46,085  $85,641  $48,429 
          
             
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:            
Cash paid during year for:            
Interest $29,398  $37,466  $44,309 
Income taxes  6,553   7,935   14,295 
Noncash investing and financing activities:            
Fair value of noncash assets acquired in purchase acquisitions $  $  $19,020 
Fair value of liabilities assumed in purchase acquisitions        61,603 
Issuance of common stock in purchase acquisitions/earnouts  325   1,340   2,499 
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans  2,946   1,036   1,950 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 54

58


FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(1)Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Financial Institutions, Inc. ("FII"(“FII”), a bank holding company organized under the laws of New York State, and subsidiaries (the "Company"“Company”) provide deposit, lending and other financial services to individuals and businesses in Central and Western New York State. FII and subsidiaries are each subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of FII, its four banking subsidiaries, Wyoming County Bank (99.65% owned) ("WCB"(“WCB”), National Bank of Geneva (100% owned) ("NBG"(“NBG”), First Tier Bank & Trust (100% owned) ("FTB"(“FTB”) and Bath National Bank (100% owned) ("BNB"(“BNB”), collectively referred to as the "Banks"“Banks”. During 2002, the Company completed a geographic realignment of the subsidiary banks,Banks, which involved the merger of the subsidiary formerly known as The Pavilion State Bank ("PSB"(“PSB”) into NBG and the subsequent transfer of other branch officesbranches between subsidiary banks.NBG and WCB. The merger and transfers were accounted for at historical cost as a combination of entities under common control. During 2003, the Company disclosed that the Boards of Directors of its two national bank subsidiaries, NBG and BNB entered into agreements with their primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"). Under the terms of the agreements, NBG and BNB, without admitting any violations, have taken actions designed to assure that their operations are in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

The Company formerly qualified as a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which allowed FII to expand business operations to include financial services businesses. The Company currently has two financial services subsidiaries: The FI Group, Inc. ("FIGI"(“FIGI”) and the Burke Group, Inc. ("BGI"(“BGI”), collectively referred to as the "Financial“Financial Services Group" ("FSG"Group” (“FSG”). FIGI is a brokerage subsidiary that commenced operations as a start-up company in March 2000. BGI is an employee benefits and compensation consulting firm acquired by the Company in October 2001. During 2003, the Company terminated its financial holding company status to operate instead as a bank holding company. The change in status did not affect the non-financial subsidiaries or activities being conducted by the Company, although future acquisitions or expansions of non-financial activities may require prior Federal Reserve Board approval and will be limited to those that are permissible for bank holding companies.

In February 2001, the Company formed FISI Statutory Trust I ("FISI"(“FISI” or "Trust"“Trust”) (100% owned) and capitalized the trust with a $502,000 investment in FISI'sFISI’s common securities. The Trust was formed to accommodatefacilitate the private placement of $16.2 million in capital securities ("(“trust preferred securities"securities”), the proceeds of which were utilized to partially fund the acquisition of BNB. Effective December 31, 2003, the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation“Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," resulted in the deconsolidation of the Company's wholly-owned Trust. The deconsolidation resulted in the derecognition of the $16.2 million in trust preferred securities and the recognition of $16.7 million in junior subordinated debentures and a $502,000 investment in the subsidiary trust recorded in other assets in the Company's 2003Company’s consolidated statementstatements of financial position.

The consolidated financial information included herein combines the results of operations, the assets, liabilities and shareholders'shareholders’ equity of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices in the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 55 A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to near-term change is the allowance for loan losses, which is discussed below. Amounts in the prior years'years’ consolidated financial statements are reclassified when necessary to conform to the current year'syear’s presentation.

Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, short-term interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold are considered cash equivalents.

59


Securities

The Company classifies its debt securities as either available for sale or held to maturity.maturity at the time of purchase. Debt securities, which the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity, are carried at amortized cost and classified as held to maturity. Investments in other debt and equity securities are classified as available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses related to securities available for sale are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders'shareholders’ equity, net of the related deferred income tax effect.

A decline in the fair value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to income resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Interest income includes interest earned on the securities adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on the related securities using the interest method. Realized gains or losses from the sale of available for sale securities are recognized on the trade date using the specific identification method.

Loans Held for Sale and Mortgage Banking Activities Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of discounts and deferred loan origination fees and costs, which are recorded in interest income based on the interest method. Interest income on loans is recognized based on loan principal amounts outstanding at applicable interest rates. Accrual of interest on loans is suspended and all unpaid accrued interest is reversed when management believes, after considering collection efforts and the period of time past due, that reasonable doubt exists with respect to the collectibility of interest. Loans, including impaired loans, are generally classified as nonaccrual if they are past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest for a period of more than 90 days (120 days for consumer loans), unless such loans are well-collateralized and in the process of collection. If a loan or a portion of a loan is internally classified as doubtful or is partially charged-off, the loan is classified as nonaccrual. Loans that are on a current payment status or past due less than 90 days may also be classified as nonaccrual if repayment in full of principal and/or interest is in doubt. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due (including arrearages) are reasonably assured of repayment and there is a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. While a loan is classified as nonaccrual and the future collectibility of the recorded loan balance is uncertain, any payments received are generally used to reduce the principal balance. When the future collectibility of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a nonaccrual loan had been partially charged-off, recognition of interest on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Interest collections in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior charge-offs have been fully recovered. The Company originates and sells certain residential real estate loans in the secondary market. The Company typically retains the right to service the loan upon sale. The Company makes the determination of whether or not to identify a loan as held for sale at the time the application is received from the borrower.

Loans held for sale are evaluated on an aggregate basis to determine ifrecorded at the lower of cost or fair value, is less than carrying value.in the aggregate. If necessary, a valuation allowance is recorded by a charge to income for unrealized losses attributable to changes in market interest rates. There was no valuation allowance necessary at December 31, 20032004 or 2002.2003. Gains and losses on the disposition of loans held for sale are determined on the specific identification method. Loan servicing fees are recognized when payments are received. 56

The Company originates and sells certain residential real estate loans in the secondary market. The Company typically retains the right to service the mortgages upon sale. The Company makes the determination of whether or not to identify the mortgage as a loan held for sale at the time the application is received from the borrower. The Company’s BNB subsidiary also originates student loans and has a forward commitment to sell the student loans to another institution. The loans are sold at a premium depending on the average note amount and annual sales volume. The Company does not service the student loans upon origination and therefore does not retain the right to service the loans upon sale.

Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time a loan is sold and servicing rights are retained. Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized to noninterest income in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. The Company uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of servicing rights. In using this valuation method, the Company incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which include estimates of the cost to service the loan, the discount rate, an inflation rate and prepayment speeds. The carrying value of originated mortgage servicing rights is periodically evaluated for impairment. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rates and terms, using discounted cash flows and market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized asset.

The Company also has rate lock commitments extended to borrowers that relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans ("rate locks").intended to be sold. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these rate locks,lock commitments, as well as closed mortgage loans held for sale, ("loans held for sale"), the Company enters into forward commitments to sell individual mortgage loans ("forward commitments").loans. Rate lockslock and forward commitments are considered derivatives under SFAS No. 133. The impact of the estimated fair value of the rate locks and forward commitments (including the student loan forward commitments) was not significant to the consolidated financial statements. Substantially all of the mortgage forward commitments are with government-sponsored enterprises or government agencies (FHLMC and FHA). All of the student loan forward commitments are with a single commercial institution.

Mortgage banking activities (a component of noninterest income) consist of fees earned for servicing mortgage loans sold to third parties, gains (or losses) recognized on sales of mortgages,loans, and amortization and impairment losses recognized on capitalized mortgage servicing assets. Allowance

60


Loans

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income and deferred loan origination fees and costs, which are recorded in interest income based on the interest method. Interest income on loans is recognized based on loan principal amounts outstanding at applicable interest rates. Accrual of interest on loans is suspended and all unpaid accrued interest is reversed when management believes, after considering collection efforts and the period of time past due, that reasonable doubt exists with respect to the collectibility of principal or interest.

Loans, including impaired loans, are generally classified as nonaccrual if they are past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest for Loan Losses The Company periodically evaluatesa period of more than 90 days (120 days for consumer loans), unless such loans are well-collateralized and in the process of collection. Loans that are on a current payment status or past due less than 90 days may also be classified as nonaccrual if repayment in full of principal and/or interest is in doubt.

Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due (including arrearages) are reasonably assured of repayment and there is a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan.

While a loan is classified as nonaccrual, payments received are generally used to reduce the principal balance. When the future collectibility of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a nonaccrual loan had been partially charged-off, recognition of interest on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Interest collections in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses in orderuntil prior charge-offs have been fully recovered.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to maintaincollect all amounts of principal and interest under the allowance at a level that represents management's estimateoriginal terms of probable losses inthe agreement or the loan portfolio atis restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the balance sheet date. Management's evaluation of the allowance isCompany evaluates impaired commercial and agricultural loans individually based on the Company's past loan loss experience, adverse circumstances that may affect the ability of borrowers to repay, the estimatedpresent value of collateral, and an analysisfuture cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the net realizable value of the levels and trends of delinquencies, charge-offs, andcollateral if the risk ratingsloan is collateral dependent. The majority of the various loan categories. Other factors such as the level and trend of interest rates and the condition of the national and local economiesCompany’s loans are also considered. collateral dependent.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. When a loan or portion of a loan is determined to be uncollectible, the portion deemed uncollectible is charged against the allowance and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. A

The Company periodically evaluates the allowance for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance at a level that represents management’s estimate of probable losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management’s evaluation of the allowance is based on a continuing review of the loan portfolio.

Larger balance nonaccruing, impaired and delinquent loans are reviewed individually and the value of any underlying collateral is considered impaired when, based on current informationin determining estimates of losses associated with those loans and events, it is probable thatthe need, if any, for a creditor will be unable to collect all amountsspecific allowance. Losses in categories of principal and interest under the original terms of the agreement. Accordingly, the Company evaluates impaired commercial and agricultural loans individually based on the present value of future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or at the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The Company collectively evaluates large groups of smallsmaller balance homogeneous loans for impairment including commercialare estimated based on historical charge-off experience, levels and agriculturaltrends of delinquent and nonaccrual loans, less than $250,000, all residential mortgages, home equitytrends in volume and consumer loans. 57 Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock As a memberterms, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience, ability and depth of management, national and local economic trends and conditions, and concentrations of credit risk. The unallocated portion of the FHLB system,allowance for loan losses is based on management’s consideration of such elements as risks associated with variances in the Company is required to maintain a specified investmentrate of historical loss experiences, information risks associated with the dependence upon timely and accurate risk ratings on loans, and risks associated with the dependence on collateral valuation techniques.

While management evaluates currently available information in FHLB stock. This non-marketable investment, which is carried at cost, must be at an amount at least equalestablishing the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the greaterallowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of 5%their

61


examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of the outstanding advance balance or 1% of the aggregate outstanding residential mortgage loans held by the Company. Included in other assets is FHLB stock totaling $6.0 million and $6.3 million, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. their examination.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed usingon the straight-line and accelerated methodsmethod over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company generally amortizes buildings and building improvements over a period of 15 to 39 years and furniture and equipment over a period of 3 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease termsterm or the useful liveslife of the assets. improvements.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in accordance with the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Goodwill is not being amortized, but is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Other intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line method, over the expected periods to be benefited. Intangible assets are periodically reviewed for impairment or when events or changed circumstances may affect the underlying basis of the assets.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned consists of properties formerly pledged as collateral to loans, which have been acquired by the Company through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Upon transfer of a loan to foreclosure status, an appraisal is obtained and any excess of the loan balance over the fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is charged against the reserve for loan losses. Expenses and subsequent adjustments to the fair value are treated as other operating expense.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock

As a member of the FHLB system, the Company is required to maintain a specified investment in FHLB stock. This non-marketable investment, which is carried at cost, must be at an amount at least equal to the greater of 5% of the outstanding advance balance or 1% of the aggregate outstanding residential mortgage loans held by the Company. Included in other assets is FHLB stock totaling $5.9 million and $6.0 million, at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Equity Method Investment Investments

During 2002, the Company made a $2.4 million cash investment to acquire a 50% interest in Mercantile Adjustment Bureau, LLC, a full-service accounts receivable management firm located in Rochester, New York. The Company has accounted for this investment using the equity method and the investment is included in other assets onin the 2003 consolidated statement of financial condition. During 2004, the Company sold its 50% interest in Mercantile Adjustment Bureau, LLC. As part of the transaction, the Company accepted a $300,000 term note and received $2.4 million in cash. The entire unpaid principal and interest is due and payable in June 2009.

The Company also has investments in limited partnerships and accounts for these investments under the equity method. These investments are included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. position and totaled $1.7 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (repurchase agreements) are agreements in which the Company transfers the underlying securities to a third-party custodian’s account that explicitly recognizes the Company’s interest in the securities. The agreements are accounted for as secured financing transactions provided the Company maintains effective control over the transferred securities and meets other criteria as specified in SFAS No. 140. The Company’s agreements are accounted for as secured financings; accordingly, the transaction proceeds are reflected as liabilities and the securities underlying the agreements continue to be carried in the Company’s securities portfolio.

62


Stock Compensation Plans

The Company uses a fixed award stock option plan to compensate certain key members of management of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company accounts for issuance of stock options under the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting“Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is recorded on the date the options are granted only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. SFAS No. 123, "Accounting“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As allowed under SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting described above and has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting“Accounting for Stock Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure." 58

Pro forma disclosure for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 2002 and 2001,2002, utilizing the estimated fair value of the options granted under SFAS No. 123, is as follows:
Years ended December 31 (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Reported net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects (336) (274) (288) -------- -------- -------- Pro forma net income $ 13,911 $ 26,182 $ 20,925 ======== ======== ======== Basic earnings per share: Reported $ 1.14 $ 2.26 $ 1.79 Pro forma $ 1.11 $ 2.23 $ 1.77 Diluted earnings per share: Reported $ 1.13 $ 2.23 $ 1.77 Pro forma $ 1.10 $ 2.20 $ 1.75

             
  Years ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2004  2003  2002 
Reported net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456 
             
Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects  (511)  (336)  (274)
          
             
Pro forma net income $11,982  $13,911  $26,182 
          
             
Basic earnings per share:            
Reported $0.98  $1.14  $2.26 
Pro forma $0.94  $1.11  $2.23 
             
Diluted earnings per share:            
Reported $0.98  $1.13  $2.23 
Pro forma $0.93  $1.10  $2.20 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, and 20012002 amounted to $9.25, $10.61 $11.90 and $5.53,$11.90, respectively. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the following weighted-average assumptions: For the years ended December 31 --------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 -------- ---------- ---------- Dividend yield 2.89% 1.94% 2.43% Expected life (in years) 10.00 10.00 10.00 Expected volatility 50.96% 38.14% 20.00% Risk-free interest rate 3.96% 4.98% 4.99%

             
  For the years ended December 31 
  2004  2003  2002 
Dividend yield  2.69%  2.89%  1.94%
Expected life (in years)  10.00   10.00   10.00 
Expected volatility  35.70%  50.96%  38.14%
Risk-free interest rate  4.20%  3.96%  4.98%

The Company's stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options for which the Black-Scholes model was developed. Since changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates, the existing model, in management's opinion, does not necessarily provide a single reliable measure of the fair value of its stock options. In addition, the pro forma effect on reported net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 2002 and 2001,2002, may not be representative of the pro forma effects on reported net income and earnings per share for future years. In addition, see the new accounting pronouncement section in Note 1 and the additional disclosures related to stock compensation plans in Note 13. The Company is required to adopt a fair-value-based of accounting for stock options, beginning in 2005, which will result in the recognition of compensation expense in the consolidated statement of income.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets

63


and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company'sCompany’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk are commercial letters of credit and mortgage, commercialhome equity and credit cardcommercial loan commitments. These financial instruments are reflected in the statement of financial condition upon funding. 59

Financial Services Group Fees and Commissions and Trust Department Assets

Financial services group fees and commissions consist of commissions from sales of investment products and services to customers, fees and commissions from trust services provided to customers, and fees and commissions earned from design, consulting, administrative and actuarial services provided to employee benefits plans and their sponsors. Fees and commissions are recorded on the accrual basis of accounting. Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities for customers are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition, since such items are not assets of the Company.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2003,December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity."123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R), which replaces SFAS No. 150123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS No. 123R requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values beginning with the first interim period after June 15, 2005, with early adoption encouraged. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition. The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the third quarter of 2005. Under SFAS No. 123R, the Company must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The permitted transition methods include either retrospective or prospective adoption. Under the retrospective option, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance couldcompensation expense be accountedrecorded for as equity, be accounted for as liabilities. Financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable securities, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effectiveall unvested stock options at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, while the retrospective methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options beginning with the first period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS No. 123R. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123R, and it has not determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123 in the stock compensation plan section of Note 1.

In September 2004, the EITF issued EITF 03-1-1, “Effective Date of Paragraphs 10-20 of EITF Issue 03-1, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments’,” which delays the effective date of those paragraphs to be concurrent with the final issuance of EITF 03-1-a, “Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF 03-1, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments’.” EITF 03-1, as issued, was originally effective for periods beginning after June 15, 2004. The delay in the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance contained in EITF Issue 03-1 does not suspend the requirement to recognize other-than-temporary impairments as required by existing authoritative literature. Subsequent to the issuance EITF Issue 03-1-1, the FASB announced plans for a full reconsideration of existing authoritative literature concerning other-than-temporary impairment of securities. The outcome of this reconsideration and the impact, if any, on the Company’s impairment recognition cannot be predicted at this time.

In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 106-2 (FSP No. 106-2), “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (the Act). The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare, as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. FSP No. 106-2 is effective for the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all other financial instruments. The2004, and provides that an employer shall measure the accumulated plan benefit obligation (APBO) and net periodic postretirement benefit cost, taking into account any subsidy received under the Act. As of December 31, 2004, the Company’s measurements of both the APBO and the net postretirement benefit cost do not reflect

64


any amounts associated with the subsidy. While final regulations have not been released, the Company adoptedhas not yet determined if its plan will be considered actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. However, the provisionsCompany does not expect the adoption of SFASFSP No. 150 on July 1, 2003. The adoption did not106-2 will have a material impacteffect on the Company'sits consolidated financial statements. position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 ("(“FIN 46"46”), "Consolidation“Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities"Entities”. The objective of this interpretation is to provide guidance on how to identify a variable interest entities ("VIE"(“VIE”) and determine when the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interests, and results of operations of a VIE need to be included in a company'scompany’s consolidated financial statements. FIN 46 was effective for all VIEs created after January 31, 2003. However, the FASB postponed that effective date to December 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised FIN 46 ("(“FIN 46R'46R’) which further delayed the effective date until March 31, 2004 for VIE'sVIE’s created prior to February 1, 2003. The requirements of FIN 46R resulted in the deconsolidation of the Company'sCompany’s wholly-owned subsidiary trust, formed to issue mandatorily redeemable preferred securities ("(“trust preferred securities"securities”). The deconsolidation, as of December 31, 2003, results in the derecognition of the $16.2 million of trust preferred securities and the recognition of junior subordinated debentures of $16.7 million and investment in the subsidiary trust of $502,000 in the Company's 2003Company’s consolidated statement of financial position. In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" to expand disclosure requirements to include descriptions of plan assets, investment strategy, measurement dates, plan obligations, cash flows and components of net periodic benefit cost recognized during interim periods. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 132, as revised, on December 31, 2003. The required disclosures are included in Note 12.

(2) Mergers and Acquisitions

On December 13, 2002, BNB acquired the two Chemung County branch offices of BSB Bank & Trust Company of Binghamton, New York. The two offices purchased, located in Elmira and Elmira Heights, had deposit liabilities totaling $44.2 million at the time of acquisition. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, of approximately $1.5 million has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company is not required to amortize goodwill. The Company also recorded a $2.0 million intangible asset attributable to core deposits, which is being amortized using the straight-line method over seven years.

On May 1, 2002, FII acquired all of the common stock of the Bank of Avoca ("BOA"(“BOA”) in exchange for 47,036 shares of FII common stock. BOA was a community bank with its main office located in Avoca, New York, as well as a branch office in Cohocton, New York. Subsequent to the acquisition, BOA was merged with BNB. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price ($1.5 million) over the fair value 60 of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired ($18.4 million), less liabilities assumed ($17.3 million), of approximately $0.4 million has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company is not required to amortize goodwill recognized in this acquisition. The Company recorded a $146,000 core deposit intangible asset, which is being amortized using the straight-line method over seven years. The results of operations for BOA are included in the income statements from the date of acquisition (May 1, 2002).

On October 22, 2001, the Company acquired the Burke Group, Inc. ("BGI"(“BGI”); an employee benefits administration and compensation consulting firm, with offices in Honeoye Falls and Syracuse, New York. BGI'sBGI’s expertise includes design and consulting for retirement and employee welfare plans, administrative services for defined contribution and benefit plans, actuarial services and post employment benefits. The agreement provided for merger consideration of $1,500,000 to BGI shareholders. Merger consideration payments of $200,000 in cash and 34,452 shares of FII common stock (valued at $800,000 in accordance with merger agreement) were made on October 22, 2001. The balance of the merger consideration of $500,000 was paid on October 22, 2002 in the form of 18,852 shares of FII common stock as provided for in the agreement. In addition the agreement provided for the payment of earned amount consideration based on achievement of financial performance targets. For the period ending December 31, 2001 those targets were achieved and $500,000 in earned amount consideration was paid on April 1, 2002 in the form of 17,848 shares of FII common stock. For the periodyear ending December 31, 2002 financial performance targets were also achieved and $750,000 in the form of 34,918 shares of FII common stock was paid on April 1, 2003. The original agreement further providesprovided for payment of contingent consideration in the form of FII common stock based on other financial performance targets for the periodsyears ending December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 with the maximum amount of payment for 2004 being $2,500,000.2004. For the year ended December 31, 2002 financial performance for contingent consideration was achieved and $590,000

65


$590,000 was paid on April 1, 2003 in the form of 27,469 shares of FII common. Forcommon stock. On May 27, 2004, the merger agreement was amended to include final payments for contingent consideration as follows: $325,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, financial performancewhich was paid on or about May 27, 2004 in the form of 14,524 shares of FII common stock and $425,000 for contingent consideration was not achieved.the year ended December 31, 2004, which is payable in the form of FII common stock on April 1, 2005. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price ($3.34.0 million including earned amounts and contingent amounts to date)consideration amounts) over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired ($1.7 million), less liabilities assumed ($1.7 million), of approximately $3.3$4.0 million has been recorded as goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company is not required to amortize goodwill recognized in this acquisition. The Company also recorded a $500,000 intangible asset for a customer list that is being amortized using the straight-line method over five years. The results of operations for BGI are included in the income statements from the date of acquisition (October 22, 2001). On May 1, 2001, the Company acquired all of the common stock of Bath National Corporation ("BNC"), and its wholly owned subsidiary bank, Bath National Bank. BNB is a full service community bank headquartered in Bath, New York, which has 9 branch locations in Steuben, Yates, Ontario and Schuyler Counties. The Company paid $48.00 per share in cash for each of the outstanding shares of BNC common stock with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $62.6 million. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price ($62.6 million) over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired ($295.4 million), less liabilities assumed ($269.9 million), of approximately $37.1 million has been recorded as goodwill. Goodwill was amortized in 2001 using the straight-line method over 15 years, since the transaction was consummated prior to June 30, 2001, the effective date of SFAS No. 142. However, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company ceased goodwill amortization on January 1, 2002. The results of operations for BNB are included in the income statements from the date of acquisition (May 1, 2001). 61 periods presented.

(3) Securities

The aggregate amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity follow:
December 31, 2003 ------------------------------------------------------ Gross Unrealized Amortized ------------------------ Fair (Dollars in thousands) Cost Gains Losses Value --------- --------- --------- --------- Securities Available for Sale: U.S. Treasury and agency $ 210,570 $ 1,882 $ 583 $ 211,869 Mortgage-backed securities 189,913 3,199 454 192,658 State and municipal obligations 186,328 9,166 83 195,411 Corporate bonds 4,020 70 -- 4,090 Equity securities 81 855 -- 936 --------- --------- --------- --------- Total securities available for sale $ 590,912 $ 15,172 $ 1,120 $ 604,964 ========= ========= ========= ========= Securities Held to Maturity: State and municipal obligations $ 47,131 $ 1,006 $ 16 $ 48,121 --------- --------- --------- --------- Total securities held to maturity $ 47,131 $ 1,006 $ 16 $ 48,121 ========= ========= ========= ========= December 31, 2002 ------------------------------------------------------ Gross Unrealized Amortized ------------------------ Fair (Dollars in thousands) Cost Gains Losses Value --------- --------- --------- --------- Securities Available for Sale: U.S. Treasury and agency $ 117,581 $ 3,058 $ 13 $ 120,626 Mortgage-backed securities 277,747 5,809 79 283,477 State and municipal obligations 166,981 7,959 17 174,923 Corporate bonds 13,775 203 55 13,923 Equity securities 3,010 903 -- 3,913 --------- --------- --------- --------- Total securities available for sale $ 579,094 $ 17,932 $ 164 $ 596,862 ========= ========= ========= ========= Securities Held to Maturity: State and municipal obligations $ 47,125 $ 969 $ 5 $ 48,089 --------- --------- --------- --------- Total securities held to maturity $ 47,125 $ 969 $ 5 $ 48,089 ========= ========= ========= =========
are as follows at December 31:

                 
  2004 
  Amortized  Gross Unrealized  Fair 
(Dollars in thousands) Cost  Gains  Losses  Value 
Securities Available for Sale:                
U.S. Agency $234,156  $722  $1,660  $233,218 
Mortgage-backed securities  278,073   2,020   1,643   278,450 
State and municipal obligations  205,921   6,316   233   212,004 
Corporate bonds  502   3      505 
Equity securities  2,081   942   2   3,021 
             
                 
Total securities available for sale $720,733  $10,003  $3,538  $727,198 
             
                 
Securities Held to Maturity:                
State and municipal obligations $39,317  $733  $66  $39,984 
             
                 
Total securities held to maturity $39,317  $733  $66  $39,984 
             
                 
  2003 
  Amortized  Gross Unrealized  Fair 
(Dollars in thousands) Cost  Gains  Losses  Value 
Securities Available for Sale:                
U.S. Agency $210,462  $1,990  $583  $211,869 
Mortgage-backed securities  190,012   3,100   454   192,658 
State and municipal obligations  186,743   8,751   83   195,411 
Corporate bonds  4,020   70      4,090 
Equity securities  81   855      936 
             
                 
Total securities available for sale $591,318  $14,766  $1,120  $604,964 
             
                 
Securities Held to Maturity:                
State and municipal obligations $47,131  $1,006  $16  $48,121 
             
                 
Total securities held to maturity $47,131  $1,006  $16  $48,121 
             

66


Information on temporarily impaired securities at December 31, 2003, segregated according to the period of time such securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position, is summarized as follows:
Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized (Dollars in thousands) Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Securities available for sale: U.S. Treasury and agency $ 96,483 $ 583 $ -- $ -- $ 96,483 $ 583 Mortgage-backed securities 44,200 437 8,763 17 52,963 454 State and municipal obligations 7,582 83 -- -- 7,582 83 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total securities available for sale $ 148,265 $ 1,103 $ 8,763 $ 17 $ 157,028 $ 1,120 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
follows at December 31:

                         
  2004 
  Less than  12 months    
  12 monthsor longerTotal 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
(Dollars in thousands) Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
Securities available for sale:                        
U.S. Agency $137,529  $1,096  $22,150  $564  $159,679  $1,660 
Mortgage-backed securities  139,417   1,467   15,807   176   155,224   1,643 
State and municipal obligations  26,742   195   1,304   38   28,046   233 
Equity securities  1,998   2         1,998   2 
                   
                         
Total securities available for sale $305,686  $2,760  $39,261  $778  $344,947  $3,538 
                   
                         
  2003 
  Less than  12 months    
  12 monthsor longerTotal 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
(Dollars in thousands) Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
Securities available for sale:                        
U.S. Agency $96,483  $583  $  $  $96,483  $583 
Mortgage-backed securities  44,200   437   8,763   17   52,963   454 
State and municipal obligations  7,582   83         7,582   83 
                   
                         
Total securities available for sale $148,265  $1,103  $8,763  $17  $157,028  $1,120 
                   

The tabletables above represents 114represent a total of 340 and 144 investment securities where the current fair value is less than the related amortized cost. Thesecost as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The securities in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer totaled 42 and 6 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a monthly basis, or as economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The unrealized losses presented above do not reflect any deterioration in the credit worthiness of the issuing securities and result primarily from fluctuations in market interest rates. 62 Therates, therefore the declines are deemed to be temporary.

At December 31, 2004, the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity are as follows:
December 31, 2003 ------------------------------------------------------ Available for Sale Held to Maturity ------------------------ ------------------------ Amortized Fair Amortized Fair (Dollars in thousands) Cost Value Cost Value --------- --------- --------- --------- Due in one year or less $ 56,325 $ 56,690 $ 33,458 $ 33,574 Due in one to five years 153,950 160,617 10,654 11,241 Due in five to ten years 189,868 194,962 2,220 2,423 Due after ten years 190,688 191,759 799 883 --------- --------- --------- --------- $ 590,831 $ 604,028 $ 47,131 $ 48,121 ========= ========= ========= =========
follow:

                 
  Available for Sale  Held to Maturity 
  Amortized  Fair  Amortized  Fair 
(Dollars in thousands) Cost  Value  Cost  Value 
Due in one year or less $15,294  $15,261  $27,675  $27,671 
Due in one to five years  267,707   272,101   8,178   8,503 
Due in five to ten years  241,704   243,549   2,074   2,271 
Due after ten years  193,947   193,266   1,390   1,539 
             
                 
  $718,652  $724,177  $39,317  $39,984 
             

Maturities of mortgage-backed securities are classified in accordance with the contractual repayment schedules. ExpectedActual maturities willmay differ from contractual maturities since issuers generally have the right to prepay obligations.

Proceeds from the sale and call of securities available for sale during 2004 were $40,930,000; realized gross gains were $248,000 and there were no gross losses. Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale during 2003

67


were $82,906,000; realized gross gains were $1,042,000 and gross losses were $1,000. Proceeds from the sale and call of securities available for sale during 2002 were $45,059,000; realized gross gains were $615,000 and gross losses were $330,000. Proceeds from the sale and call of securities during 2001 were $91,412,000; realized gross gains were $617,000 and gross losses were $86,000. Gains and losses were computed using the specific identification method. There were no transfers between held to maturity and available for sale securities in 2004, 2003 2002 or 2001. 2002.

Securities held to maturity and available for sale with carrying values of $465,083,000$555,139,000 and $475,567,000$465,083,000 were pledged as collateral for municipal deposits and repurchase agreements at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and 2002, respectively.

(4) Loans

Loans outstanding, net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs of $1,437,000 and $1,123,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and 2002respectively, are summarized as follows: (Dollars

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Commercial $203,178  $248,313 
Commercial real estate  343,532   369,712 
Agricultural  195,185   235,199 
Residential real estate  259,055   246,621 
Consumer and home equity  251,455   240,591 
       
Loans, gross  1,252,405   1,340,436 
         
Allowance for loan losses  (39,186)  (29,064)
       
         
Loans, net $1,213,219  $1,311,372 
       

The Company’s significant concentrations of credit risk in thousands)the loan portfolio relate to a geographic concentration pertaining to the communities that the Company serves and an industry concentration within the dairy industry in Western, New York. The Company had $96.8 million or 7.7% of the portfolio and $119.3 million or 8.9% of the portfolio in loans to borrowers operating in the dairy industry at December 31, 2004 and 2003, 2002 ----------- ----------- Commercial $ 248,313 $ 262,630 Commercial real estate 369,712 332,134 Agricultural 235,199 233,769 Residential real estate 251,502 251,898 Consumerrespectively. Of the dairy industry loans, $9.0 million or 9.3% and home equity 240,591 241,461 ----------- ----------- Loans, gross 1,345,317 1,321,892 Allowance for loan losses (29,064) (21,660) ----------- ----------- Loans, net $ 1,316,253 $ 1,300,232 =========== =========== 63 $16.5 million or 13.8% were nonperforming at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

68


The following table sets forth the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated. Years ended December 31 (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ------- ------- ------- Balance at beginning of year $21,660 $19,074 $13,883 Addition resulting from acquisitions -- 174 2,686 Charge-offs: Commercial 8,891 1,771 1,003 Commercial real estate 2,953 944 394 Agricultural 1,876 106 58 Residential real estate 215 98 178 Consumer and home equity 2,107 1,499 1,319 ------- ------- ------- Total charge-offs 16,042 4,418 2,952 Recoveries: Commercial 525 210 58 Commercial real estate 35 69 23 Agricultural 3 36 -- Residential real estate 11 67 19 Consumer and home equity 346 329 399 ------- ------- ------- Total recoveries 920 711 499 ------- ------- ------- Net charge-offs 15,122 3,707 2,453 Provision for loan losses 22,526 6,119 4,958 ------- ------- ------- Balance at end of year $29,064 $21,660 $19,074 ======= ======= ======= 31:

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Balance at beginning of year $29,064  $21,660  $19,074 
             
Addition resulting from acquisitions        174 
             
Charge-offs:            
Commercial  4,486   8,891   1,771 
Commercial real estate  1,779   2,953   944 
Agricultural  2,519   1,876   106 
Residential real estate  318   215   98 
Consumer and home equity  1,695   2,107   1,499 
          
Total charge-offs  10,797   16,042   4,418 
             
Recoveries:            
Commercial  598   525   210 
Commercial real estate  103   35   69 
Agricultural  39   3   36 
Residential real estate  43   11   67 
Consumer and home equity  460   346   329 
          
Total recoveries  1,243   920   711 
          
             
Net charge-offs  9,554   15,122   3,707 
             
Provision for loan losses  19,676   22,526   6,119 
          
             
Balance at end of year $39,186  $29,064  $21,660 
          

The following table sets forth information regarding nonaccrual loans and other nonperforming assets at December 31: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 ------- ------- Nonaccrual loans: Commercial $12,983 $12,760 Commercial real estate 11,745 8,407 Agricultural 18,870 8,739 Residential real estate 2,496 1,065 Consumer

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Nonaccrual loans:        
Commercial $20,576  $12,983 
Commercial real estate  15,954   11,745 
Agricultural  13,165   18,870 
Residential real estate  1,733   2,496 
Consumer and home equity  518   578 
       
Total nonaccrual loans  51,946   46,672 
         
Restructured loans     3,069 
         
Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent  2,018   1,709 
       
         
Total nonperforming loans  53,964   51,450 
         
Other real estate owned  1,196   653 
       
         
Total nonperforming assets $55,160  $52,103 
       

69


Management performs quarterly reviews of commercial and home equity 578 915 ------- ------- Total nonaccrualagricultural loans 46,672 31,886 Restructured loans 3,069 4,129 Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent 1,709 1,091 ------- ------- Total nonperforming loans 51,450 37,106 Other real estate owned 653 1,251 ------- ------- Total nonperforming assets $52,103 $38,357 ======= =======greater than $100,000 to identify impaired loans. The recorded investment inmeasurement of impaired loans that have been evaluated individually for impairment totaled $21,990,000 and $24,626,000is primarily based upon the net realizable value of the collateral as most of the impaired loans are collateral dependent.

An analysis of impaired loans is as follows at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The allowance for loan losses31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Impaired loans without a specific allowance for loan losses $20,753  $24,662 
Impaired loans with a specific allowance for loan losses  28,942   21,990 
       
         
Total impaired loans $49,695  $46,652 
       
         
Total specific allowance for loan losses for impaired loans $7,873  $4,324 
       

Additional information related to impaired loans amounted to $4,324,000 and $4,462,000 atis as follows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $28,650,000, $25,332,000 and $10,842,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans, while such loans were impaired, during 2003, 2002 and 2001 was approximately $218,000, $455,000 and $392,000, respectively. 64 In the normal course of business there are various outstanding commitments to extend credit that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Loan commitments have off-balance-sheet credit risk until commitments are fulfilled or expire. The credit risk amounts are equal to the contractual amounts, assuming that the amounts are ultimately advanced in full and that the collateral or other security is of no value. The Company's policy generally requires customers to provide collateral, usually in the form of customers' operating assets or property, prior to the disbursement of approved loans. At December 31, 2003, letters of credit totaling $11,789,000 and unused loan commitments and lines of credit of $271,874,000 were contractually available. Comparable amounts for these letters of credit and commitments at December 31, 2002 were $13,359,000 and $316,595,000, respectively. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without funding, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. 31:

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Average balance of impaired loans $45,645  $43,971  $25,332 
Interest income recognized on impaired loans (cash basis)  102   218   455 

Loans outstanding by subsidiary banks to certain officers, directors, or companies in which they have 10% or more beneficial ownership, including officers and directors of the Company, as well as its subsidiaries ("Insiders"(“Insiders”), approximated $25,651,000$27,165,000 and $36,406,000$25,651,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and 2002, respectively. An analysis of activity with respect to insider loans during the year endedAt December 31, 2004 and 2003, is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance as of December 31, 2002 $ 36,406 Newthe loans to insiders 3,913 Repayments received from insiders (1,063) Other changes * (13,605) -------- Balanceidentified as ofpotential problem loans totaled $16,787,000 and $5,941,000, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, $ 25,651 ======== * Other changes relate primarilynone of the potential problem loans to changes in director status during 2003.insiders were classified as nonaccrual or impaired. These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as comparable transactions with other customers. As

An analysis of activity with respect to insider loans is as follows during the year ended December 31, 2003,31:

     
(Dollars in thousands) 2004 
Balance at beginning of year $25,651 
     
New loans to insiders  4,058 
Repayments received from insiders  (3,076)
Other changes (primarily changes in director status)  532 
    
     
Balance at end of year $27,165 
    

For purposes of analyzing the Company had no significant concentrationactivity in insider loans, the activity related to lines of credit riskis presented on a net basis, as either a new loan or repayment and credit renewals are not included as new loans to insiders.

70


The activity in capitalized mortgage servicing rights, included in other assets in the loan portfolio other than normal geographic concentration pertaining toconsolidated statements of financial condition, is summarized as follows for the communities that the Company serves and the dairy industry in Western, New York. Atyears ended December 31, 2003, the Company had $119.3 million, or 8.9% of the portfolio, in loans to borrowers operating in the dairy industry, of which $16.5 million, or 13.8% were in nonperforming status. There is no significant exposure to highly leveraged transactions and there are no foreign credits in the loan portfolio. Loans31:

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Balance at beginning of year $2,294  $1,654  $1,231 
             
Originations  451   1,575   970 
Amortization  (799)  (935)  (547)
          
             
Balance at end of year  1,946   2,294   1,654 
             
Valuation allowance  (70)  (195)  (411)
          
             
Balance at end of year, net $1,876  $2,099  $1,243 
          

Residential mortgages serviced for others amounting to $439,450,000$388,052,000 and $356,419,000$385,531,000 at December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, respectively, are not included in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company had capitalized mortgage servicing rights of $2,073,000 and $1,243,000 as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Proceeds from the sale of loans were $66,451,000, $192,295,000 and $139,426,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and $117,446,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Net gain on the sale of loans included in mortgage banking activities onin the consolidated statements of income statement, was $910,000, $3,153,000 and $1,542,000 and $1,513,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Included in net loans are loans held for sale totaling $4,881,000 and $6,971,000 atthe years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company enters into forward contracts for future delivery of residential mortgage loans at a specified yield to reduce the interest rate risk associated with fixed rate residential mortgage loansLoans held for sale consisted of $1,844,000 and commitments to fund$3,070,000 of residential mortgages. Credit risk arises from the possible inabilitymortgages, and $804,000 and $1,811,000 of the other parties to comply with the contract terms. Substantially allstudent loans as, of the Company's contracts are with government-sponsored enterprises or government agencies (FHLMCDecember 31, 2004 and FHA). 65 2003, respectively.

(5) Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment is as follows at December 31, 2003 and 2002 follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 -------- -------- Land and land improvements $ 4,101 $ 3,320 Buildings and leasehold improvements 29,946 24,275 Furniture, fixtures, equipment and vehicles 22,833 19,129 -------- -------- Premises and equipment, gross 56,880 46,724 Accumulated depreciation and amortization (22,641) (19,470) -------- -------- Premises and equipment, net $ 34,239 $ 27,254 ======== ======== 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Land and land improvements $4,339  $4,101 
Buildings and leasehold improvements  32,648   29,946 
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and vehicles  20,904   22,833 
       
Premises and equipment, gross  57,891   56,880 
         
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (21,418)  (22,641)
       
         
Premises and equipment, net $36,473  $34,239 
       

Depreciation and amortization expense, included in occupancy and equipment expense in the consolidated statements of income, amounted to $3,612,000, $3,434,000 $2,879,000 and $2,403,000$2,879,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and 2001, respectively.

71


(6) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," on January 1, 2002. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination are amortized over their useful lives.

The following table presents the pro forma effects of applying the non-amortization provisions of SFAS No. 142 to the results of operations for 2001. There was no impact to the results of operations for 2003 and 2002.
Years ended December 31 (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2003 2002 2001 --------- --------- --------- Reported net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 Goodwill amortization add-back -- -- 1,653 --------- --------- --------- Adjusted net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 22,866 ========= ========= ========= Basic earnings per share: Reported $ 1.14 $ 2.26 $ 1.79 Goodwill amortization add-back -- -- 0.15 --------- --------- --------- Adjusted $ 1.14 $ 2.26 $ 1.94 ========= ========= ========= Diluted earnings per share: Reported $ 1.13 $ 2.23 $ 1.77 Goodwill amortization add-back -- -- 0.15 --------- --------- --------- Adjusted $ 1.13 $ 2.23 $ 1.92 ========= ========= =========
Goodwill resulting from the previously disclosed mergers and acquisitions (see Note 2) amounted to $40.6 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002. Goodwill amortization expense included in the results of operations for 2001 amounted to $1.7 million, which was non-deductible for income tax purposes. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, there is no goodwill amortization included in 2003 or 2002. 66 The following table presents the change in the carrying amount of goodwill allocated by business segment is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002: Financial Services BNB Group (Dollars in thousands) Segment Segment Total -------- ------ -------- Balance as of December 31, 2001 $ 35,535 $1,294 $ 36,829 Goodwill acquired during the period 1,925 -- 1,925 Contingent earnout -- 1,840 1,840 Goodwill adjustments (119) 118 (1) -------- ------ -------- Balance as of December 31, 2002 $ 37,341 $3,252 $ 40,593 Goodwill adjustments 28 -- 28 -------- ------ -------- Balance as of December 31, 2003 $ 37,369 $3,252 $ 40,621 ======== ====== ======== During 2003, inindicated:

             
  Financial Services 
  BNB  Group    
(Dollars in thousands) Segment  Segment  Total 
Balance as of December 31, 2002 $37,341  $3,252  $40,593 
             
Goodwill adjustments  28      28 
          
             
Balance as of December 31, 2003 $37,369  $3,252  $40,621 
             
Goodwill adjustment for final contingent consideration     750   750 
          
             
Balance as of December 31, 2004 $37,369  $4,002  $41,371 
          

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company has evaluated goodwill for impairment annually using a discounted cash flow analysis and determined no impairment existed. A summary of the

The major classes of amortizable intangible assets, (includedincluded in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition)condition, are summarized as follows at December 31, 2003 and 2002 follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 -------- -------- Core deposits $ 11,452 $ 11,452 Customer list 500 500 -------- -------- Other intangible assets, gross 11,952 11,952 Accumulated amortization (9,224) (7,998) -------- -------- Other intangible assets, net $ 2,728 $ 3,954 ======== ======== 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Core deposits $11,452  $11,452 
Customer list  500   500 
       
Other intangible assets, gross  11,952   11,952 
         
Accumulated amortization  (10,033)  (9,224)
       
         
Other intangible assets, net $1,919  $2,728 
       

Intangible amortization expense for these other intangible assets amounted to $809,000, $1,226,000 $898,000 and $728,000$898,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 2002 and 2001,2002, respectively. Amortization of other intangible assets was computed using the straight-line method over the estimated lives of the respective assets (primarily 5 and 7 years). Based on the current level of intangible assets, estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets is as follows:

Year ending December 31, (Dollars31:
(Dollars in thousands) 2004 $ 809 2005 530 2006 498 2007 303 2008 307 Thereafter 281 ------- $ 2,728 ======= 67

     
2005 $530 
2006  498 
2007  303 
2008  307 
2009  281 
Thereafter   
    
     
  $1,919 
    

72


(7) Deposits

Scheduled maturities for certificates of deposit at December 31, 20032004 are as follows:

Mature in year ending December 31, (Dollars31:
(Dollars in thousands) 2004 $525,547 2005 165,348 2006 31,243 2007 26,152 2008 21,034 Thereafter 358 -------- $769,682 ========

     
2005 $526,207 
2006  129,739 
2007  56,332 
2008  20,606 
2009  6,618 
Thereafter  315 
    
     
  $739,817 
    

Certificates of deposit greater than $100,000 totaled $267,116,000$221,628,000 and $201,751,000$267,116,000 at December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, respectively. Interest expense on certificates of deposit greater than $100,000 amounted to $6,004,000, $6,846,000 $7,682,000 and $15,922,000$7,682,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and 2001, respectively.

As of December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, overdrawn deposits included in loans on the consolidated statements of financial condition amounted to $943,000 and $1,054,000, and $3,459,000, respectively.

(8) Borrowings

Outstanding borrowings are as follows at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 ------- ------- Short-term borrowings: Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements $22,525 $60,679 FHLB advances 26,500 26,000 Other 1,000 510 ------- ------- Total short-term borrowings $50,025 $87,189 ======= ======= Long-term borrowings: FHLB advances $62,469 $86,822 Other 25,051 5,268 ------- ------- Total long-term borrowings $87,520 $92,090 ======= ======= 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
Short-term borrowings:        
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements $28,554  $22,525 
FHLB advances  7,000   26,500 
Other     1,000 
       
         
Total short-term borrowings $35,554  $50,025 
       
         
Long-term borrowings:        
FHLB advances $55,348  $62,469 
Other  25,032   25,051 
       
         
Total long-term borrowings $80,380  $87,520 
       

Information related to Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements are as follows as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ------- ------- ------- Weighted average interest rate at year-end 0.89% 1.50% 1.88% Maximum outstanding at any month-end $36,414 $61,951 $65,474 Average amount outstanding during the year $30,284 $47,924 $33,157 31:

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Weighted average interest rate at year-end  0.92%  0.89%  1.50%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end $30,524  $36,414  $61,951 
Average amount outstanding during the year $25,764  $30,284  $47,924 

The average amounts outstanding are computed using daily average balances. Related interest expense for 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $241,000, $376,000 and 2001 was $376,000, $951,000, and $1,108,000, respectively.

73


At December 31, 2003,2004, the Companyshort-term FHLB advances totaling $7.0 million had outstanding various shorta weighted average rate of 4.25% and the long-term FHLB advances totaling $55.3 million had a weighted average rate of 4.75%, with varying term advance maturity dates through 2009. Included in long-term FHLB advances are $3.3 million in amortizing advances with maturity dates extending through 2014. The Company’s long-term FHLB advances bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 2.41% to 7.80% and the weighted average interest rate amounted to 4.47% as of December 31, 2003. 68 The Company's FHLB advancesalso include a $20.0 million in fixed-rate callable borrowings,advance, which can be called by the FHLB on a quarterly basis. The FHLB advances are collateralized by $6.0$5.9 million of FHLB stock, mortgage loans with a carrying value of $84.2$81.2 million at December 31, 20032004 and investment securities with a fair market value of $37.8$49.6 million at December 31, 2003.2004. At December 31, 2003,2004, the Company had remaining credit available of $27.8$65.1 million under lines of credit with the FHLB. The Company also had $74.3$54.4 million of remaining credit available under unsecured lines of credit with various banks at December 31, 2003. The Company also has available lines of credit with Farmer Mac permitting borrowings to a maximum of $25.0 million. Advances outstanding against the Farmer Mac lines at December 31, 2003 amounted to $1.0 million. 2004.

During 2003, FII expanded the terms of an existing credit agreement with M&T Bank and infused approximately $15$15.0 million of the financing proceeds as capital to the NBG and BNB, subsidiaries allowing those banks to meet the higher capital ratios required in formal agreements imposed byentered into with their primary regulator. FII pledged the stock of its subsidiary banks as collateral for the credit facility. The credit agreement includes a $25.0 million term loan facility and a $5.0 million revolving loan facility. The term loan requires monthly payments of interest only, at a variable interest rate of London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"(“LIBOR”) plus 1.75%, which was 2.98%4.24% as of December 31, 2003.2004. The $25.0 million term loan is included in long-term borrowings on the consolidated statements of financial condition as principal installments are due as follows: $5.0 million in December 2006, $10.0 million in December 2007 and $10.0 million in December 2008. The $5.0 million revolving loan accrues interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.50%. There were no advances outstanding on the revolving loan as of December 31, 2003. The2004. At December 31, 2004, the Company was in default with one of the provisions in the credit agreement includes affirmative financial covenants, alldue to certain aspects of which were met asnon-compliance with formal regulatory agreements by NBG and BNB. On March 2, 2005 M&T Bank waived the event of default.

At December 31, 2003. FII pledged2004, the stock of its subsidiary banks as collateral for the credit facility. The aggregate maturities of long-term borrowings, at December 31, 2003including current maturities of amortizing borrowings, are as follows:

Mature in year ending December 31, (Dollars31:
(Dollars in thousands) 2005 $ 7,282 2006 15,139 2007 14,098 2008 30,232 2009 20,529 Thereafter 240 -------- $ 87,520 ========

     
2005 $142 
2006  20,139 
2007  24,098 
2008  15,232 
2009  20,529 
2010  102 
Thereafter  138 
    
     
  $80,380 
    

(9) Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures On

In February 22, 2001, the Company established FISI Statutory Trust I (the "Trust"“Trust���), which is a statutory business trust formed under Connecticut law. The Trust exists for the exclusive purposes of (i) issuing and selling 30 year guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the trust assets ("(“trust preferred"preferred” or "capital"“capital” securities) in the aggregate amount of $16.2 million at a fixed rate of 10.20%, (ii) using the proceeds from the sale of the capital securities to acquire the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company and (iii) engaging in only those other activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto.

The Company'sCompany’s junior subordinated debentures are the primary assets of the Trust and, accordingly, payments under the corporation obligated junior debentures are the sole revenue of the Trust. The capital securities of the Trust are non-voting. The Company owns all of the common securities of the Trust. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the capital securities to partially fund the acquisition of the BNB acquisition.subsidiary. The capital securities qualified as Tier 1 capital under regulatory definitions as of December 31, 20032004 and 2002. 2003.

74


The Company'sCompany’s primary sources of funds to pay interest on the debentures held by the Trust are current dividends from its subsidiary banks. Accordingly, the Company'sCompany’s ability to service the debentures is dependent upon the continued ability of the subsidiary banks to pay dividends to the Company. Since the junior subordinated obligations and trust preferred securities at December 31, 2003 and 2002, 69 respectivelydebentures are classified as debt for financial statement purposes, the associated tax-deductible expense has been recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company incurred $487,000 in costs to issue the securities and the costs are being amortized over 20 years using the straight-line method method.

As of December 31, 2003, the Company deconsolidated the subsidiary Trust, which had issued trust preferred securities, and replaced the presentation of such instruments with the Company'sCompany’s junior subordinated debentures issued to the subsidiary Trust. Such presentation reflects the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 46 ("(“FIN 46 R"R”), "Consolidation“Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities."

(10) Income Taxes

Total income taxestax expense (benefit) was allocated as follows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were allocated as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Income from operations $ 3,977 $ 12,419 $ 11,033 Additional paid-in capital for stock options exercised (87) (148) -- Shareholders' equity for unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale (1,535) 5,488 1,588 -------- -------- -------- $ 2,355 $ 17,759 $ 12,621 ======== ======== ========
31:

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Income from operations $3,021  $3,977  $12,419 
Additional paid-in capital for stock options exercised  (204)  (87)  (148)
Shareholders’ equity for unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale  (2,863)  (1,535)  5,488 
          
             
  $(47) $2,355  $17,759 
          

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to operations consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 consists of:
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Current: Federal $ 5,245 $ 10,828 $ 8,676 State 703 2,651 2,469 -------- -------- -------- Total current 5,948 13,479 11,145 Deferred: Federal (1,909) (908) (68) State (62) (152 (44) -------- -------- -------- Total deferred (1,971) (1,060) (112) -------- -------- -------- Total income taxes $ 3,977 $ 12,419 $ 11,033 ======== ======== ========
31:

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Current:            
Federal $6,029  $5,245  $10,828 
State  1,458   703   2,651 
          
Total current  7,487   5,948   13,479 
Deferred:            
Federal  (3,619)  (1,909)  (908)
State  (847)  (62)  (152)
          
Total deferred  (4,466)  (1,971)  (1,060)
          
             
Total income tax expense $3,021  $3,977  $12,419 
          

The following is a reconciliation of the actual and statutory tax rates applicable to income from operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:
2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Statutory rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% Increase (decrease) resulting from: Tax exempt interest income (16.3) (7.8) (8.1) State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 2.3 4.2 4.9 Goodwill amortization -- -- 1.8 Other 0.8 0.5 0.6 -------- -------- -------- Total 21.8% 31.9% 34.2% ======== ======== ========
70 31:

             
  2004  2003  2002 
Statutory rate  35.0%  35.0%  35.0%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:            
Tax exempt interest income  (19.1)  (16.3)  (7.8)
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit  2.4   2.3   4.2 
Other  1.2   0.8   0.5 
          
             
Total  19.5%  21.8%  31.9%
          

75


The following table presents the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are presented as follows: 31:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
       
Deferred tax assets:        
Allowance for loan losses $15,271  $11,106 
Core deposit intangible  947   965 
Interest on nonaccrual loans  1,797   1,178 
Other  1,137   1,106 
       
         
Total gross deferred tax assets  19,152   14,355 
         
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Prepaid pension costs  1,071   1,046 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale  2,578   5,441 
Depreciation of premises and equipment  2,001   1,591 
Loan servicing assets  743   826 
Other  1,156   1,178 
       
         
Total gross deferred tax liabilities  7,549   10,082 
       
         
Net deferred tax asset, at year-end * $11,603  $4,273 
         
Net deferred tax asset, at beginning of year  4,273   767 
       
Increase in net deferred tax asset  (7,330)  (3,506)
         
Change in unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale  2,864   1,535 
       
         
Deferred tax benefit $(4,466) $(1,971)
       


(Dollars
*Included in thousands) 2003 2002 -------- -------- Deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan losses $ 11,106 $ 8,216 Core deposit intangible 965 822 Interestother assets on nonaccrual loans 1,178 869 Other 1,106 946 -------- -------- Total gross deferred tax assets 14,355 10,853 Deferred tax liabilities: Prepaid pension costs 1,046 1,017 Unrealized gain on securities available for sale 5,441 6,976 Depreciationthe consolidated statements of premises and equipment 1,591 917 Loan servicing assets 826 479 Other 1,178 697 -------- -------- Total gross deferred tax liabilities 10,082 10,086 -------- -------- Net deferred tax asset, at year-end * $ 4,273 $ 767 Net deferred tax asset, at beginning of year 767 4,922 -------- -------- Decrease (increase) in net deferred tax asset (3,506) 4,155 Net deferred tax asset acquired -- 368 Initial purchase accounting adjustments, net -- (95) Change in unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale 1,535 (5,488) -------- -------- Deferred tax benefit $ (1,971) $ (1,060) ======== ======== financial condition
* Included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition

Realization of the net deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry-back period. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income and projected future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible. Based on its assessment, management determined that no valuation allowance is necessary at December 31, 20032004 and 2002. 2003.

The Company has Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $434,000$358,000 that expire in 2021. The utilization of the tax net operating carryforwards is subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company believes these limitations will not prevent the carryforward benefits from being utilized. 71

76


(11) Lease Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

In the normal course of business there are various outstanding commitments to extend credit that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Loan commitments have off-balance-sheet credit risk until commitments are fulfilled or expire. The credit risk amounts are equal to the contractual amounts, assuming that the amounts are ultimately advanced in full and that the collateral or other security is of no value. The Company’s policy generally requires customers to provide collateral, usually in the form of customers’ operating assets or property, prior to the disbursement of approved loans. At December 31, 2004, letters of credit totaling $10,761,000 and unused loan commitments and lines of credit of $245,819,000 were contractually available. Approximately 90% of the unused loan commitments and lines of credit were at fixed rates at December 31, 2004. There were no significant commitments to lend to nonperforming borrowers at December 31, 2004. Comparable amounts for the letters of credit and commitments at December 31, 2003 were $11,789,000 and $271,874,000, respectively. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without funding, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Lease Obligations

The Company was obligated under a number of noncancellable operating leases for land, buildings and equipment. Certain of these leases provide for escalation clauses and contain renewal options calling for increased rentals if the lease is renewed. FutureAt December 31, 2004, the future minimum lease payments on operating leases at December 31, 2003 wereare as follows:

Operating lease payments in year ending December 31, (Dollars31:

(Dollars in thousands)
     
2005 $786 
2006  706 
2007  619 
2008  568 
2009  532 
Thereafter  2,922 
    
     
  $6,133 
    

Rent expense, included in occupancy and equipment expense in the consolidated statements of income, totaled $830,000, $739,000 and $678,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, $ 6512003 and 2002, respectively.

Contingent Liabilities

In the ordinary course of business there are various threatened and pending legal proceedings against the Company. Based on consultation with outside legal counsel, management believes that the aggregate liability, if any, arising from such litigation would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In late January 2005, 591 2006 514 2007 484 2008 458 Thereafter 2,842 ------- $ 5,540 ======= the Company received a letter from a law firm stating that it was representing a shareholder and was writing to demand that the Board take action to remedy alleged “breaches of fiduciary duty” by the directors and certain officers of the Company. The Chairman of the Board responded to this letter in early February, informing the law firm that the Board had determined to appoint a Special Committee to investigate and respond to the demand letter.

77


(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement benefits Benefits

Defined Benefit Plan

The Company participates in The New York State Bankers Retirement System, which is a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee'semployee’s highest average compensation during five consecutive years of employment. The Company'sCompany’s funding policy is to contribute annually an actuarially determined amount to cover current service cost plus amortization of prior service costs.

The following table sets forth the defined benefit pension plan'splan’s change in benefit obligation and change in plan assets using the most recent actuarial data measured at September 30:
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year $(16,282) $(13,608) $(12,114) Service cost (1,282) (1,071) (1,249) Interest cost (1,079) (968) (890) Actuarial (loss) gain (2,136) (1,303) 72 Benefits paid 590 559 470 Plan expenses 109 109 103 -------- -------- -------- Benefit obligation at end of year (20,080) (16,282) (13,608) Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 14,294 15,240 17,180 Actual (loss) return on plan assets 2,544 (830) (1,367) Employer contributions 1,421 552 -- Benefits paid (590) (559) (470) Plan expenses (109) (109) (103) -------- -------- -------- Fair value of plan assets at end of year 17,560 14,294 15,240 -------- -------- -------- Funded status (2,520) (1,988) 1,632 Unamortized net asset at transition (103) (141) (179) Unrecognized net loss subsequent to transition 5,362 4,722 1,292 Unamortized prior service cost 231 322 345 -------- -------- -------- Prepaid benefit cost, included in other assets $ 2,970 $ 2,915 $ 3,090 ======== ======== ========
72 30 (measurement date for plan accounting and disclosure):

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
          
Change in benefit obligation:            
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $(20,080) $(16,282) $(13,608)
Service cost  (1,374)  (1,282)  (1,071)
Interest cost  (1,186)  (1,079)  (968)
Actuarial loss  (968)  (2,136)  (1,303)
Benefits paid  747   590   559 
Plan expenses  157   109   109 
          
Benefit obligation at end of year  (22,704)  (20,080)  (16,282)
             
Change in plan assets:            
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  17,560   14,294   15,240 
Actual (loss) return on plan assets  1,900   2,544   (830)
Employer contributions  1,406   1,421   552 
Benefits paid  (747)  (590)  (559)
Plan expenses  (157)  (109)  (109)
          
Fair value of plan assets at end of year  19,962   17,560   14,294 
          
             
Funded status  (2,742)  (2,520)  (1,988)
Unamortized net asset at transition  (64)  (103)  (141)
Unrecognized net loss subsequent to transition  5,648   5,362   4,722 
Unamortized prior service cost  213   231   322 
          
             
Prepaid benefit cost, included in other assets $3,055  $2,970  $2,915 
          

The accumulated benefit obligation was $18,454,000 and $16,139,000 at September 30, 2004 and 2003.

Net periodic pension cost consists of the following components for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Service cost $ 1,351 $ 1,071 $ 850 Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 1,079 968 890 Expected return on plan assets (1,251) (1,297) (1,429) Amortization of net transition asset (38) (38) (38) Amortization of unrecognized loss 201 -- -- Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost 22 22 (3) -------- -------- -------- Net periodic pension cost $ 1,364 $ 726 $ 270 ======== ======== ========

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
          
Service cost $1,374  $1,351  $1,071 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation  1,186   1,079   968 
Expected return on plan assets  (1,436)  (1,251)  (1,297)
Amortization of net transition asset  (38)  (38)  (38)
Amortization of unrecognized loss  219   201    
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost  18   22   22 
          
             
Net periodic pension cost $1,323  $1,364  $726 
          

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31: 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Weighted average discount rate 6.00% 6.75% 7.25% Expected long-term rate of return 8.00% 8.50% 8.50% Rate of compensation increase 3.00% 4.00% 5.00% and accumulated benefit obligation were as follows:

             
  2004  2003  2002 
Weighted average discount rate  5.75%  6.00%  6.75%
Expected long-term rate of return  8.00%  8.00%  8.50%
Rate of compensation increase  3.00%  3.00%  4.00%

78


The expected long-term rate-of-return on plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of return over the past 1,3,5 and 10 year periods were determined and subsequently adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

The pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at September 30, 2003 and 2002, by asset category are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 ---- ---- Asset category: Equity securities 59.7% 55.3% Debt securities 34.5 36.3 Other 5.8 8.4 ---- ---- Total 100.0% 100.0% ==== ==== follows at September 30:

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
       
Asset category:        
Equity securities  64.7%  59.7%
Debt securities  34.9   34.5 
Other  0.4   5.8 
       
         
Total  100.0%  100.0%
       

The New York State Bankers Retirement System (the "System"“System”) was established in 1938 to provide for the payment of benefits to employees of participating banks. AThe System is overseen by a Board of Trustees meetswho meet quarterly to set the investment policy guidelines and oversee the System. guidelines.

The System utilizes two investment management firms, (which will be referred to as Firm I and Firm II) each investing approximately 50% of the total portfolio. The System'sSystem’s investment objective is to exceed the investment benchmarks in each asset category. Each firm operates under a separate written investment policy approved by the Trustees and designed to achieve an allocation approximating 60% invested in equity securities and 40% invested in debt securities.

Each Firm reports at least quarterly to the Investment Committee and semi-annually to the Board.

Equities: The target allocation percentage for equity securities is 60% but may vary from 50%-70% at the investment manager'smanager’s discretion.

Firm I is employed for its expertise as a value manager. It is allowed to invest a certain amount of the equity portfolio under it’s management in international securities and to hedge said international securities so as to protect against currency devaluations.

The equities managed by Firm II are in a commingled large cap equity fund. The fund is invested in a diversified portfolio of common or capital stocks, or bonds, debentures, notes, or preferred stocks convertible into common or capital stocks, or in other types of equity investments whether foreign or domestic. Short-term obligations of the U.S. Government or other short-term investments may be purchased and held pending the selection and purchase of suitable investments which meet the guidelines above. Investments may include units of participation in any other fund established within this fund which consists of assets of the nature described in the preceding paragraph.

Fixed Income: For both investment portfolios, the target allocation percentage for debt securities is 40% but may vary from 30%-50% at the investment manager'smanager’s discretion. 73

The fixed income portfolio managed by Firm I operates within the guidelines relating to types of debt securities, quality ratings, maturities, and maximums single and sector allocations.

The portfolio may trade foreign currencies in both spot and forward markets to effect securities transactions and to hedge underlying asset positions. The purchase and sale of futures and options on futures on foreign currencies and on foreign and domestic bonds, bond indices and short-term securities is permitted, however purchases may not be used to leverage the portfolio. Currency transactions may only be used to hedge 0-100% of currency exposure of foreign securities.

79


The fixed income managed by Firm II is in a commingled fixed income fund. This style of fixed income management focuses on high quality securities drawn from various market sectors, including U.S. treasuries and government sponsored agencies, sovereigns, supranationals, residential mortgage-backed securities, corporates, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset backed securities and municipals as set forth in its guidelines and the System’s investment policy.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $1,406,000$1,579,000 to the pension plan priorduring the year ended December 31, 2005.

The future benefit payments that reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to June 15, 2004. be paid as follows:

Future pension benefit payments in year ending December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
     
2005 $799 
2006  819 
2007  846 
2008  885 
2009  921 
2010-2014  5,586 

Defined Contribution Plan
The Company also sponsors a defined contribution profit sharing (401(k)) plan covering substantially all employees. The Company matches certain percentages of each eligible employee'semployee’s contribution to the plan. Expense for the plan amounted to $1,236,000, $299,000 and $1,057,000 in 2004, 2003 and $708,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

Postretirement Benefits

Prior to December 31, 2001, BNB provided health and dental care benefits to retired employees who met specified age and service requirements through a postretirement health and dental care plan in which both BNB and the retiree shared the cost. The plan provided for substantially the same medical insurance coverage as for active employees until their death and was integrated with Medicare for those retirees aged 65 or older. In 2001, the plan'splan’s eligibility requirements were amended to curtail eligible benefit payments to only retired employees and active participants who were fully vested under the Plan. In 2003, retirees under age 65 began contributing to health coverage at the same cost-sharing level as that of active employees. The retirees aged 65 or older were offered new Medicare supplemental plans as alternatives to the plan historically offered. The cost sharing of medical coverage was standardized throughout the group of retirees aged 65 or older. In addition, to be consistent with the administration of the Company'sCompany’s dental plan for active employees, all retirees who continued dental coverage began paying the full monthly premium. The accrued liability related to this plan amounted to $828,000$825,000 and $844,000$828,000 as of December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, respectively. Expense for the plan amounted to $35,000, $108,000 and $172,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

80


(13) Stock Compensation Plans

The Company has a Management Stock Incentive Plan and a Directors'Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan. Under the plans, the Company may grant stock options to its directors, directors of its subsidiaries, and key employees to purchase shares of common stock, shares of restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. Grants under the plans may be made to up to 10% of the number of shares of common stock issued, including treasury shares. The exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company'sCompany’s stock on the date of the grant. The maximum term of each option is ten years and the options'options’ generally vest between three and five years. 74

The following is a summary ofschedule summarizes the status of the Company'sCompany’s stock option plans, as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, as well as changes in the plans, duringas of and for the years then ended: Weighted Stock Average Options Exercise Outstanding Price ----------- --------- Balanceended December 31, 2000 $ 384,518 $ 13.90 Granted 115,637 18.94 Cancelled (3,474) (13.65) --------- --------- Balance December 31, 2001 $ 496,681 $ 15.08 Granted 52,353 27.41 Exercised (19,955) (13.95) Cancelled (74,792) (13.99) --------- --------- Balance December 31, 2002 454,287 16.73 Granted 65,831 22.16 Exercised (21,669) (14.30) Cancelled (66,173) (15.31) --------- --------- Balance December 31, 2003 $ 432,276 $ 17.89 ========= ========= Exercisable at: December 31, 2003 $ 260,225 $ 15.83 December 31, 2002 224,284 14.75 December 31, 2001 153,826 13.92 31:

         
      Weighted 
  Stock  Average 
  Options  Exercise 
  Outstanding  Price 
       
Balance December 31, 2001  496,681  $15.08 
Granted  52,353   27.41 
Exercised  (19,955)  (13.95)
Cancelled  (74,792)  (13.99)
       
         
Balance December 31, 2002  454,287  $16.73 
Granted  65,831   22.16 
Exercised  (21,669)  (14.30)
Cancelled  (66,173)  (15.31)
       
         
Balance December 31, 2003  432,276  $17.89 
Granted  104,234   23.76 
Exercised  (65,975)  (17.14)
Cancelled  (8,987)  (23.89)
       
         
Balance December 31, 2004  461,548  $19.21 
       
         
Exercisable at:        
December 31, 2004  310,279  $17.01 
December 31, 2003  260,225   15.83 
December 31, 2002  224,284   14.75 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2003:
Outstanding Exercisable ------------------------------------ ----------------------- Weighted Weighted Weighted Number Average Average Number Average Range of of Stock Exercise Life of Stock Exercise Exercise Price Options Price (in years) Options Price ----------------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- ----------- $11.75 to $14.13 253,146 $ 13.91 5.72 208,159 $ 13.89 $20.50 to $22.50 80,400 21.57 7.89 31,923 21.61 $22.51 to $25.00 50,772 22.75 8.96 4,002 22.99 $25.33 to $26.45 38,041 25.48 8.16 12,838 25.47 $33.15 to $36.00 9,917 35.74 8.36 3,303 35.74 ------- -------- ---- ------- ------- 432,276 $ 17.89 6.78 260,225 $ 15.83 ======= ======== ==== ======= =======
75 2004:

                     
  Outstanding  Exercisable 
      Weighted  Weighted      Weighted 
  Number  Average  Average  Number  Average 
              Range of of Stock  Exercise  Life  of Stock  Exercise 
           Exercise Price Options  Price  (in years)  Options  Price 
$11.75 to $14.00  194,818  $13.90   4.58   194,818  $13.90 
$14.13 to $22.50  74,011   19.58   6.87   63,330   19.42 
$22.51 to $25.00  147,954   23.43   8.74   22,372   22.97 
$33.15 to $36.00  44,765   27.76   7.21   29,759   27.77 
                
                     
   461,548  $19.21   6.53   310,279  $17.01 
                

81


(14) Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share, after giving effect to preferred stock dividends, has been computed using weighted average common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the effects, if any, of incremental common shares issuable upon exercise of dilutive stock options.

Earnings per common share have been computed based on the following:
Years Ended December 31 ------------------------------------ (Dollars and shares in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 Less: Preferred stock dividends 1,495 1,496 1,496 -------- -------- -------- Net income available to common shareholders $ 12,752 $ 24,960 $ 19,717 ======== ======== ======== Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per common share 11,148 11,068 10,994 Add: Effect of dilutive options 98 150 132 -------- -------- -------- Weighted average number of common shares used to calculate diluted earnings per common share 11,246 11,218 11,126 ======== ======== ========
following for the years ended December 31:

             
(Dollars and shares in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
          
Net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456 
             
Less: Preferred stock dividends  1,495   1,495   1,496 
          
             
Net income available to common shareholders $10,998  $12,752  $24,960 
          
             
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per common share  11,192   11,148   11,068 
             
Add: Effect of dilutive options  48   98   150 
          
             
Weighted average number of common shares used to calculate diluted earnings per common share  11,240   11,246   11,218 
          

There were approximately 229,000, 66,000 and 6,000 weighted average stock options for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively that were not considered in the calculation of diluted earnings per share since the stock options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price during these periods.

(15) Regulatory Capital Supervision and Regulation

The supervision and regulation of financial and bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit insurance funds regulated by the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of shareholders or creditors of bank holding companies. The various bank regulatory agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including the power to impose substantial fines, operational restrictions and other penalties for violations of laws and regulations.

Each of the Company’s bank subsidiaries is required to maintain a reserve balance at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The reserve requirements for the Company’s banking subsidiaries totaled $1,521,000 and $3,420,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

During 2003, the Company disclosed that the Boards of Directors of its two national bank subsidiaries, NBG and BNB entered into formal agreements with their primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). Under the terms of the agreements, NBG and BNB, without admitting any violations, have taken actions designed towards improving compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

The Company is also subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material impact on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated financial statements.

For evaluating regulatory capital adequacy, companies are required to determine capital and assets under regulatory accounting practices. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios. The leverage ratio requirement is based on period-end capital to average adjusted total assets during the previous three months. Compliance with risk-based capital requirements is determined by dividing regulatory capital by the sum of a company'scompany’s weighted

82


asset values. Risk weightings are established by the regulators for each asset category according to the perceived degree of risk. As of December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, the Company and each subsidiary bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2003,2004, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"(“FDIC”) categorized the Company and its subsidiary banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. For purposes of determining the annual deposit insurance assessment rate for insured depository institutions, each insured institution is assigned an assessment risk classification. Each institution'sinstitution’s assigned risk classification is composed of a group and subgroup assignment based on capital group and supervisory subgroup. Although the NBG and BNB subsidiaries remain assigned to the well capitalizedwell-capitalized capital group, during 2003 these two subsidiaries received notification of a downgrade in supervisory subgroup based on the formal agreements in place with the OCC. During 2004, NBG received notification of a further downgrade in supervisory subgroup based on the OCC report of examination for the period as of December 31, 2003.

Payments of dividends by the subsidiary banks to FII are limited or restricted in certain circumstances under banking regulations. At December 31, 2003,2004, an aggregate of $13,233,000$10,194,000 was available for payment of dividends by the subsidiary banks to FII without the approval from the appropriate regulatory authorities. 76 The following is a summaryOne of the actualterms of the OCC formal agreements required NBG and BNB to adopt dividend policies that would permit them to declare dividends only when they are in compliance with their approved capital amountsplan and ratios forthe provisions of 12 U.S.C. Section 56 and 60, and upon prior written notice to (but not consent of) the Assistant Deputy Comptroller. Neither bank has had their respective capital plan approved by the OCC or declared a dividend since entering into the agreements. The Boards of both NBG and BNB have recently adopted resolutions providing that no dividends will be declared without the prior written approval of the OCC, and the Board of the Company has adopted a parallel resolution pursuant to which it has agreed not to request a dividend from either bank until their respective capital plans and its subsidiary banks as of December 31:
2003 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Actual Regulatory Capital Minimum Requirements Well-Capitalized ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio ------ ----- ------ ----- ------ ----- Leverage capital (Tier 1) as percent of three-month average assets: Company $ 147,722 7.03% $ 84,082 4.00% $ 105,103 5.00% BNB 34,202 8.02 17,065 4.00 21,332 5.00 FTB 13,550 6.09 8,901 4.00 11,126 5.00 NBG 58,593 8.04 29,162 4.00 36,452 5.00 WCB 48,215 6.71 28,738 4.00 35,923 5.00 As percent of risk-weighted, period-end assets: Core capital (Tier 1): Company 147,722 10.18 58,033 4.00 87,050 6.00 BNB 34,202 13.69 9,995 4.00 14,993 6.00 FTB 13,550 10.90 4,971 4.00 7,456 6.00 NBG 58,593 11.15 21,027 4.00 31,540 6.00 WCB 48,215 8.91 21,655 4.00 32,483 6.00 Total capital (Tiers 1 and 2): Company 165,992 11.44 116,067 8.00 145,084 10.00 BNB 37,343 14.94 19,991 8.00 24,989 10.00 FTB 15,108 12.16 9,942 8.00 12,427 10.00 NBG 65,233 12.41 42,053 8.00 52,566 10.00 WCB 55,027 10.16 43,310 8.00 54,138 10.00 2002 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Actual Regulatory Capital Minimum Requirements Well-Capitalized ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- (Dollars in thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio ------ ----- ------ ----- ------ ----- Leverage capital (Tier 1) as percent of three-month average assets: Company $ 139,620 6.96% $ 80,233 4.00% $ 100,292 5.00% BNB 24,505 5.93 16,527 4.00 20,658 5.00 FTB 11,356 5.67 8,017 4.00 10,022 5.00 NBG 48,420 6.71 28,870 4.00 36,087 5.00 WCB 44,175 6.64 26,592 4.00 33,240 5.00 As percent of risk-weighted, period-end assets: Core capital (Tier 1): Company 139,620 9.82 56,846 4.00 85,270 6.00 BNB 24,505 9.70 10,110 4.00 15,165 6.00 FTB 11,356 9.45 4,807 4.00 7,210 6.00 NBG 48,420 8.90 21,758 4.00 32,637 6.00 WCB 44,175 8.94 19,761 4.00 29,642 6.00 Total capital (Tiers 1 and 2): Company 157,433 11.08 113,693 8.00 142,116 10.00 BNB 27,669 10.95 20,220 8.00 25,275 10.00 FTB 12,861 10.70 9,613 8.00 12,017 10.00 NBG 55,243 10.16 43,515 8.00 54,394 10.00 WCB 50,369 10.20 39,522 8.00 49,403 10.00
proposed dividend declarations have been approved by the OCC.

The formal agreements entered into by NBG and BNB with their primary regulatorthe OOC also required both banks to develop capital plans enabling them to achieve, by March 31, 2004, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio equal to 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio equal to 10%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12%. As indicated in the table above,following tables, each of the banks meetshas met the required levels at December 31, 2004 and 2003. 77

83


The following is a summary of the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Banks as of December 31:

                         
  2004 
  Actual Regulatory       
  Capital  Minimum Requirements  Well-Capitalized 
(Dollars in thousands) Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio 
                   
Leverage capital (Tier 1) as percent of three-month average assets:                        
Company $153,305   7.13% $85,998   4.00% $107,497   5.00%
BNB (1)  38,698   8.78   17,639   4.00   22,048   5.00 
FTB  14,836   5.96   9,962   4.00   12,453   5.00 
NBG (1)  59,336   8.47   28,009   4.00   35,011   5.00 
WCB  51,516   6.82   30,203   4.00   37,754   5.00 
                         
As percent of risk-weighted, period-end assets:                        
Core capital (Tier 1):                        
Company  153,305   11.27   54,392   4.00   81,588   6.00 
BNB (2)  38,698   15.62   9,913   4.00   14,869   6.00 
FTB  14,836   11.40   5,206   4.00   7,809   6.00 
NBG (2)  59,336   13.36   17,759   4.00   26,638   6.00 
WCB  51,516   9.71   21,230   4.00   31,845   6.00 
                         
Total capital (Tiers 1 and 2):                        
Company  170,576   12.54   108,784   8.00   135,980   10.00 
BNB (3)  41,822   16.88   19,826   8.00   24,782   10.00 
FTB  16,467   12.65   10,412   8.00   13,015   10.00 
NBG (3)  65,047   14.65   35,517   8.00   44,397   10.00 
WCB  58,241   10.97   42,460   8.00   53,076   10.00 
                         
  2003 
  Actual Regulatory       
  Capital  Minimum Requirements  Well-Capitalized 
(Dollars in thousands) Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio  Amount  Ratio 
                   
Leverage capital (Tier 1) as percent of three-month average assets:                        
Company $147,722   7.03% $84,082   4.00% $105,103   5.00%
BNB (1)  34,202   8.02   17,065   4.00   21,332   5.00 
FTB  13,550   6.09   8,901   4.00   11,126   5.00 
NBG (1)  58,593   8.04   29,162   4.00   36,452   5.00 
WCB  48,215   6.71   28,738   4.00   35,923   5.00 
                         
As percent of risk-weighted, period-end assets:                        
Core capital (Tier 1):                        
Company  147,722   10.18   58,033   4.00   87,050   6.00 
BNB (2)  34,202   13.69   9,995   4.00   14,993   6.00 
FTB  13,550   10.90   4,971   4.00   7,456   6.00 
NBG (2)  58,593   11.15   21,027   4.00   31,540   6.00 
WCB  48,215   8.91   21,655   4.00   32,483   6.00 
                         
Total capital (Tiers 1 and 2):                        
Company  165,992   11.44   116,067   8.00   145,084   10.00 
BNB (3)  37,343   14.94   19,991   8.00   24,989   10.00 
FTB  15,108   12.16   9,942   8.00   12,427   10.00 
NBG (3)  65,233   12.41   42,053   8.00   52,566   10.00 
WCB  55,027   10.16   43,310   8.00   54,138   10.00 


(1)Minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio is 8% per regulatory formal agreement.
(2)Minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 10% per regulatory formal agreement.
(3)Minimum Total risk-based capital ratio is 12% per regulatory formal agreement.

84


(16) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The "fair value"“fair value” of a financial instrument is defined as the price a willing buyer and a willing seller would exchange in other than a distressed sale situation. The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company'sCompany’s financial instruments at December 31, 2003 and 2002:
2003 2002 -------------------------- -------------------------- Carrying Fair Carrying Fair (Dollars in thousands) Amount Value Amount Value ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Financial Assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 45,635 $ 45,635 $ 48,429 $ 48,429 Securities 652,095 653,085 643,987 644,951 FHLB and FRB stock 8,351 8,351 8,558 8,558 Loans, net 1,316,253 1,355,654 1,300,232 1,345,314 Financial Liabilities Deposits: Interest Bearing: Savings and interest bearing demand 784,219 784,219 779,772 779,772 Time deposits 769,682 769,682 687,996 691,020 Non-interest bearing demand 264,990 264,990 240,755 240,755 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Total deposits 1,818,891 1,818,891 1,708,523 1,711,547 Borrowings: Short-term 50,025 50,223 87,189 88,027 Long-term 87,520 86,635 92,090 101,772 Junior subordinated debentures 16,702 19,959 -- -- Trust preferred securities -- -- 16,200 19,082
31:

                 
  2004  2003 
  Carrying  Fair  Carrying  Fair 
(Dollars in thousands) Amount  Value  Amount  Value 
             
Financial Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents $46,085  $46,085  $85,641  $85,641 
Securities  766,515   767,182   652,095   653,085 
FHLB and FRB stock  8,626   8,626   8,351   8,351 
Loans held for sale  2,648   2,690   4,881   4,975 
Loans, net  1,213,219   1,204,688   1,311,372   1,347,418 
                 
Financial Liabilities                
Deposits:                
Interest Bearing:                
Savings and interest bearing demand  789,550   789,550   784,219   784,219 
Time deposits  739,817   749,786   769,682   777,486 
Non-interest bearing demand  289,582   289,582   264,990   264,990 
             
Total deposits  1,818,949   1,828,918   1,818,891   1,826,695 
Borrowings:                
Short-term  35,554   35,600   50,025   50,223 
Long-term  80,380   77,618   87,520   86,635 
Junior subordinated debentures  16,702   18,058   16,702   19,959 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents:The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition for cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and Federal funds sold approximate the fair value of those assets.

Securities:Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

FHLB and FRB stock:The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition for FHLB and FRB stock approximate the fair value of those assets. Loans:

Loans held for sale:The fair value of loans held for sale is based on quoted market prices and investor commitments.

Loans, net:For variable rate loans that repricere-price frequently, fair value approximates carrying amount. The fair value for fixed rate loans is estimated through discounted cash flow analysis using interest rates currently being offered on loans with similar terms and credit quality. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on quoted market pricesFor criticized and investor commitments. For nonperformingclassified loans, fair value is estimated by discounting expected cash flows at a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. flows, or estimates of fair value discounts based on observable market information.

Deposits:The fair value for savings, interest bearing and non-interest bearing demand accounts is equal to the carrying amount because of the customer'scustomer’s ability to withdraw funds immediately. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach that applies prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments. 78

85


Borrowings:Carrying value approximates fair value for short-term borrowings. The fair value for long-term borrowings is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach that applies prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments.

Junior subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities:The fair value for the junior subordinated debentures is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach that applies prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments.

(17) Segment Information

Reportable segments are primarily comprised of WCB, NBG, BNB and FTBthe subsidiary banks as the Company evaluates performance on an individual bank basis. As stated in Note 1, during 2002 the Company completed a geographic realignment of the subsidiary banks, which involved the merger of the subsidiary formerly known as PSB into NBG and subsequent transfer of branches between NBG and WCB. Accordingly, the Company has restated 2002 segment results to reflect the merger and transfers for each of the years presented.transfers. All of the revenue expenses, assets and liabilitiesexpenses of PSB have been reallocated to the WCB and NBG segments.segments for 2002. The Financial Services Group (FSG) is also included as a reportable segment as the Company evaluates the performance of this line of business separately from the banks. The following is the reportable segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 follows: 31:

2004

                                 
                          Parent and    
                      Total  Eliminations    
(Dollars in thousands) WCB  NBG  FTB  BNB  FSG  Segments  Net  Total 
                         
Selected Financial Condition Data                                
Total assets $747,228  $686,793  $244,110  $472,447  $5,798  $2,156,376  $(47) $2,156,329 
Securities  197,459   273,347   118,935   175,751      765,492   1,023   766,515 
Loans and loans held for sale  524,025   380,169   113,073   238,245      1,255,512   (459)  1,255,053 
Allowance for loan losses  13,946   18,559   1,909   4,772      39,186      39,186 
Deposits  664,266   608,285   204,570   354,485   2   1,831,608   (12,659)  1,818,949 
Borrowed funds  25,014   12,851   23,146   36,503   780   98,294   34,342   132,636 
Shareholders’ equity  52,460   60,397   15,184   78,966   4,409   211,416   (27,129)  184,287 
                                 
Selected Results of Operations Data                                
Interest income $39,361  $34,048  $11,732  $20,992  $1  $106,134  $41  $106,175 
Interest expense  10,346   8,925   3,181   5,795   45   28,292   2,478   30,770 
                         
Net interest income (expense)  29,015   25,123   8,551   15,197   (44)  77,842   (2,437)  75,405 
Provision for loan losses  5,111   12,800   335   1,430      19,676      19,676 
                         
Net interest income (expense) after Provision for loan losses  23,904   12,323   8,216   13,767   (44)  58,166   (2,437)  55,729 
Noninterest income  6,333   7,425   2,338   4,478   5,328   25,902   (531)  25,371 
Noninterest expense *  18,919   20,467   7,304   12,897   6,176   65,763   (177)  65,586 
                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)  11,318   (719)  3,250   5,348   (892)  18,305   (2,791)  15,514 
Income tax expense (benefit)  3,662   (1,285)  959   1,199   (349)  4,186   (1,165)  3,021 
                         
Net income (loss) $7,656  $566  $2,291  $4,149  $(543) $14,119  $(1,626) $12,493 
                         


(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net interest income WCB $ 28,384 $ 28,577 $ 27,039 NBG 25,642 26,853 24,732 BNB 15,019 14,048 8,184 FTB 8,207 8,175 6,041 Financial Services Group -- -- -- ----------- ----------- ----------- Total segment net interest income 77,252 77,653 65,996 Parent
*Noninterest expense includes depreciation and eliminations, net (1,751) (1,799) (1,222) ----------- ----------- ----------- Total net interest income $ 75,501 $ 75,854 $ 64,774 =========== =========== =========== Net income WCB $ 9,042 $ 10,565 $ 9,643 NBG 151 9,765 9,777 BNB 4,108 5,001 1,142 FTB 2,117 2,775 1,827 Financial Services Group (115) 246 143 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total segment net income 15,303 28,352 22,532 Parentamortization of premises, equipment and eliminations, net (1,056) (1,896) (1,319) ----------- ----------- ----------- Total net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 =========== =========== =========== Assets WCB $ 754,639 $ 674,755 $ 632,058 NBG 721,374 721,090 642,827 BNB 462,113 495,055 362,645 FTB 225,080 203,382 161,763 Financial Services Group 5,135 5,052 2,788 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total segmentother intangible assets 2,168,341 2,099,334 1,802,081 Parentas follows:
                                 
Depreciation and amortization $876  $1,325  $474  $795  $172  $3,642  $779  $4,421 

86


2003

                                 
                          Parent and    
                      Total  Eliminations    
(Dollars in thousands) WCB  NBG  FTB  BNB  FSG  Segments  Net  Total 
                         
Selected Financial Condition Data                                
Total assets $754,639  $721,374  $225,080  $462,113  $5,135  $2,168,341  $5,391  $2,173,732 
Securities  186,614   193,168   105,478   165,400      650,660   1,435   652,095 
Loans and loans held for sale  537,537   467,877   103,788   236,851      1,346,053   (736)  1,345,317 
Allowance for loan losses  10,365   12,207   1,937   4,555      29,064      29,064 
Deposits  668,674   639,024   184,279   342,885   2   1,834,864   (15,973)  1,818,891 
Borrowed funds  30,773   16,709   25,000   40,039   759   113,280   40,967   154,247 
Shareholders’ equity  50,646   61,084   14,625   75,924   4,053   206,332   (23,229)  183,103 
                                 
Selected Results of Operations Data                                
Interest income $39,448  $38,466  $11,238  $22,222  $1  $111,375  $75  $111,450 
Interest expense  11,064   12,824   3,031   7,203   46   34,168   1,781   35,949 
                         
Net interest income (expense)  28,384   25,642   8,207   15,019   (45)  77,207   (1,706)  75,501 
Provision for loan losses  4,045   14,263   1,193   3,025      22,526      22,526 
                         
Net interest income (expense) after                                
Provision for loan losses  24,339   11,379   7,014   11,994   (45)  54,681   (1,706)  52,975 
Noninterest income  6,146   7,467   2,176   5,148   5,477   26,414   (342)  26,072 
Noninterest expense *  16,917   20,460   6,141   11,959   5,615   61,092   (269)  60,823 
                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)  13,568   (1,614)  3,049   5,183   (183)  20,003   (1,779)  18,224 
Income tax expense (benefit)  4,526   (1,765)  933   1,075   (69)  4,700   (723)  3,977 
                         
Net income (loss) $9,042  $151  $2,116  $4,108  $(114) $15,303  $(1,056) $14,247 
                         


*Noninterest expense includes depreciation and eliminations, net 5,391 5,700 (7,785) ----------- ----------- ----------- Totalamortization of premises, equipment and other intangible assets $ 2,173,732 $ 2,105,034 $ 1,794,296 =========== =========== =========== as follows:
79
                                 
Depreciation and amortization $1,035  $1,455  $417  $744  $161  $3,812  $848  $4,660 

2002

                                 
                          Parent and    
                      Total  Eliminations    
(Dollars in thousands) WCB  NBG  FTB  BNB  FSG  Segments  Net  Total 
                         
Selected Results of Operations Data                                
Interest income $41,682  $42,866  $11,286  $22,627  $2  $118,463  $(24) $118,439 
Interest expense  13,105   16,013   3,111   8,579   38   40,846   1,739   42,585 
                         
Net interest income (expense)  28,577   26,853   8,175   14,048   (36)  77,617   (1,763)  75,854 
Provision for loan losses  1,632   3,129   450   908      6,119      6,119 
                         
Net interest income (expense) after                                
Provision for loan losses  26,945   23,724   7,725   13,140   (36)  71,498   (1,763)  69,735 
Noninterest income  5,780   6,633   1,691   2,981   5,429   22,514   (325)  22,189 
Noninterest expense *  16,581   15,963   5,217   9,349   4,969   52,079   970   53,049 
                         
Income before                                
Income tax expense  16,144   14,394   4,199   6,772   424   41,933   (3,058)  38,875 
Income tax expense  5,579   4,628   1,424   1,772   176   13,579   (1,160)  12,419 
                         
Net income $10,565  $9,766  $2,775  $5,000  $248  $28,354  $(1,898) $26,456 
                         


*Noninterest expense includes depreciation and amortization of premises, equipment and other intangible assets as follows:
                                 
Depreciation and amortization $1,025  $1,073  $329  $354  $118  $2,899  $878  $3,777 

87


(18) Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements

The following are the condensed financial statements of condition of FII as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the condensed statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001: 31:

Condensed Statements of Condition (Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 -------- -------- Assets: Cash and due from subsidiaries $ 13,698 $ 14,267 Securities available for sale, at fair value 1,436 1,268 Investment in subsidiaries 209,788 186,703 Other assets 5,098 5,099 -------- -------- Total assets $230,020 $207,337 ======== ======== Liabilities and shareholders' equity Junior subordinated debentures $ 16,702 $ 16,702 Short-term borrowings -- 500 Long-term borrowings 25,000 5,000 Other liabilities 5,215 6,841 Shareholders' equity 183,103 178,294 -------- -------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $230,020 $207,337 ======== ========

         
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003 
       
Assets:        
Cash and due from subsidiaries $11,921  $13,698 
Securities available for sale, at fair value  1,023   1,436 
Note receivable  300    
Investment in and receivables due from subsidiaries and associated companies  211,937   209,788 
Other assets  6,939   5,098 
       
         
Total assets $232,120  $230,020 
       
         
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity        
Long-term borrowings $25,000  $25,000 
Junior subordinated debentures  16,702   16,702 
Other liabilities  6,131   5,215 
Shareholders’ equity  184,287   183,103 
       
         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $232,120  $230,020 
       

Condensed Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Dividends from subsidiaries $ 6,058 $ 22,015 $ 16,643 Other income 10,542 8,542 7,577 -------- -------- -------- Total income 16,600 30,557 24,220 Expenses 12,341 11,477 9,602 -------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 4,259 19,080 14,618 Income tax benefit 723 1,160 788 -------- -------- -------- Income before effect of subsidiaries' earnings and dividends 4,982 20,240 15,406 Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 9,265 6,216 5,807 -------- -------- -------- Net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 ======== ======== ========
80

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
          
Dividends from subsidiaries and associated companies $5,601  $6,058  $22,015 
Management and service fees from subsidiaries  13,763   9,996   8,147 
Other income  143   546   395 
          
Total income  19,507   16,600   30,557 
             
Operating expenses  16,721   12,341   11,477 
          
             
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries  2,786   4,259   19,080 
             
Income tax benefit  1,164   723   1,160 
          
             
Income before effect of subsidiaries’ earnings and dividends  3,950   4,982   20,240 
             
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries  8,543   9,265   6,216 
          
             
Net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456 
          

88


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 -------- -------- -------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net income $ 14,247 $ 26,456 $ 21,213 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 851 878 711 Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries (9,265) (6,216) (5,807) Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 70 (176) (102) Gain on sale of securities -- (161) -- Decrease in accrued dividends receivable from subsidiaries -- -- 22,962 Increase in other assets (588) (4,953) (1,139) (Decrease) increase in other liabilities (442) 1,393 1,562 -------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by operating activities 4,873 17,221 39,400 -------- -------- -------- Cash flows from investing activities: Purchase of available for sale securities -- (26) -- Proceeds from sale of available for sale securities -- 256 -- Investment in Mercantile Adjustment Bureau, LLC -- (2,400) -- Equity investment in subsidiaries, net (15,700) -- (63,381) Purchase of premises and equipment, net (645) (274) (1,109) -------- -------- -------- Net cash used in investing activities (16,345) (2,444) (64,490) -------- -------- -------- Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from short-term borrowings -- -- 500 Proceeds from long-term borrowings 25,000 -- 5,000 Repayment on long-term borrowings (5,000) -- -- Repayment of short-term borrowings (500) -- -- Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred securities -- -- 16,200 Purchase of preferred and common shares (425) (581) (16) Issuance of preferred and common shares 447 463 27 Dividends paid (8,619) (7,578) (6,551) -------- -------- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 10,903 (7,696) 15,160 -------- -------- -------- Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (569) 7,081 (9,930) Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 14,267 7,186 17,116 -------- -------- -------- Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $ 13,698 $ 14,267 $ 7,186 ======== ======== ========
81 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

             
(Dollars in thousands) 2004  2003  2002 
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income $12,493  $14,247  $26,456 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  782   851   878 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries  (8,543)  (9,265)  (6,216)
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense  (17)  70   (176)
Gain on sale of securities        (161)
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries  26   31   175 
Increase in other assets  (2,796)  (588)  (4,953)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities  1,397   (473)  1,218 
          
             
Net cash provided by operating activities  3,342   4,873   17,221 
          
             
Cash flows from investing activities:            
Purchase of available for sale securities        (26)
Proceeds from sale of securities  500      256 
Increase in note receivable  (300)      
Proceeds from sale (purchase of) equity investment in Mercantile Adjustment Bureau, LLC  2,400      (2,400)
Equity investment in subsidiaries  (150)  (15,700)   
Purchase of premises and equipment, net  (261)  (645)  (274)
          
             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  2,189   (16,345)  (2,444)
          
             
Cash flows from financing activities:            
Proceeds from long-term borrowings     25,000    
Repayment on long-term borrowings     (5,000)   
Repayment of short-term borrowings     (500)   
Purchase of preferred and common shares  (43)  (425)  (581)
Issuance of common shares  1,387   447   463 
Dividends paid  (8,652)  (8,619)  (7,578)
          
             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  (7,308)  10,903   (7,696)
          
             
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents  (1,777)  (569)  7,081 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year  13,698   14,267   7,186 
          
             
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $11,921  $13,698  $14,267 
          

89


Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

                 
(Dollars in thousands) First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
 
2004                
Results of operations data:                
Interest income $26,317  $26,414  $26,630  $26,814 
Interest expense  7,860   7,718   7,403   7,789 
             
Net interest income  18,457   18,696   19,227   19,025 
Provision for loan losses  4,796   2,516   2,147   10,217 
             
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  13,661   16,180   17,080   8,808 
Noninterest income  5,853   7,264   6,360   5,894 
Noninterest expense  15,908   15,664   16,359   17,655 
             
Income (loss) before income tax expense  3,606   7,780   7,081   (2,953)
Income tax expense (benefit)  959   2,220   1,964   (2,122)
             
Net income (loss) $2,647  $5,560  $5,117  $(831)
             
                 
Per common share data:                
Net income (loss) – basic $0.20  $0.46  $0.42  $(0.11)
Net income (loss) – diluted  0.20   0.46   0.42   (0.11)
Cash dividends declared  0.16   0.16   0.16   0.16 
Book value  15.10   14.20   15.21   14.81 
                 
2003                
Results of operations data:                
Interest income $28,527  $28,764  $27,310  $26,849 
Interest expense  9,686   9,571   8,770   7,922 
             
Net interest income  18,841   19,193   18,540   18,927 
Provision for loan losses  3,298   5,311   5,590   8,327 
             
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  15,543   13,882   12,950   10,600 
Noninterest income  6,102   6,160   7,059   6,751 
Noninterest expense  15,576   14,947   14,896   15,404 
             
Income before income tax expense  6,069   5,095   5,113   1,947 
Income tax expense (benefit)  1,773   1,445   1,058   (299)
             
Net income $4,296  $3,650  $4,055  $2,246 
             
                 
Per common share data:                
Net income – basic $0.35  $0.29  $0.33  $0.17 
Net income – diluted  0.35   0.29   0.33   0.17 
Cash dividends declared  0.16   0.16   0.16   0.16 
Book value  14.75   15.11   14.78   14.81 

90


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Financial Institutions, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Financial Institutions, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders'shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003.2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company'sCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditingthe standards generally accepted inof the United States of America.Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Financial Institutions, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20032004 and 2002,2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003,2004, in conformity with accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the United Statesstandards of America. As discussedthe Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Notes 1Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and 6 toour report dated March 15, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and an adverse opinion on the consolidatedeffective operation of, internal control over financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill in 2002 upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." /s/ reporting.

KPMG LLP

Buffalo, New York February 6, 2004 82
March 15, 2005

91


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2003the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of itsthe Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e)pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b), as adopted by the Securities and 15d-15(e)Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended)(“Exchange Act”). As part of a similar review, in early 2003, the Company identified two control issues at a subsidiary bankBased upon that if not corrected could impact the effectiveness of the Company's internal disclosure controls and procedures. The two areas of concern at the subsidiary bank were disclosure controls over the timing of problem loan identification and disclosure controls over lending to insiders under Regulation O. Since the identification of these issues, new procedures have been put in place to evaluate and assess the process of loan grading and problem loan identification at each subsidiary bank. The Company has also added credit administration and loan workout personnel at the holding company level to improve insider loan reporting and to facilitate earlier intervention with respect to problem loans. Based on their evaluation, of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures, and following the implementation of the above described actions, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company'sCompany’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report because of the material weakness discussed below.

Disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuringthe controls and other procedures that all materialare designed to ensure that information required to be fileddisclosed in the Company's periodic SEC reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is made known to them in a timely fashion. Except as described herein, there has been no changerecorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Company'sSEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

b) Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Financial Institutions, Inc. (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, occurredas of December 31, 2004, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, due to a material weakness related to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses, as described below.

As of December 31, 2004, the Company identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting related to determining the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses, resulting from the following matters:

•  inexperienced and inadequately trained loan officers and credit analysts;
•  untimely identification of risk rating changes by loan officers upon receipt of new information on borrowers;
•  ineffective credit administration policies and procedures over the monitoring of risk ratings; and
•  insufficient documentation supporting the subjective factors incorporated in the Company’s calculation of the allowance for loan losses.

The aforementioned material weakness in internal control over financial reporting results in more than a remote likelihood that the Company’s allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses in its interim or annual financial statements could be materially misstated. These matters were consistent with the conclusions contained in Reports of Examination issued in late 2004 by the OCC with respect to NBG and BNB, which included findings of noncompliance with certain aspects of the formal agreements entered into by NBG and BNB with the OCC in September 2003.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

92


KPMG LLP, a registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in the annual report, and has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

c) Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 20032004 that hashave materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company'sour internal control over financial reporting.

However, the Company has taken various corrective actions to remediate the material weakness condition. By their nature such actions require a period of time to become fully effective. The Company has increased its staff and resources available to the Chief Risk Officer and the centralized credit function. Responsibilities for Commercial Loan credit administration requirements have been placed in a new position, Portfolio Manager, with responsibilities for timely line renewals, risk rating identification, credit file maintenance, collateral assignment, credit analysis, credit strategies, and action plans. The former Commercial Lending Officer position will no longer contain those functions and will be solely business development and sales functions. This will facilitate more timely recognition of changing risks, better allocation of more qualified, specialized individuals to portfolio administration functions, and make for more timely and easier training of staff. In addition, Credit Risk Officers now report to the Chief Risk Officer, and are separate from the lending function. A Credit Risk Officer has been named the Credit Department Manager with primary responsibility to support Portfolio Managers with all underwritings of credits through a team of Credit Analysts. The position of Chief of Community Banking has been created and filled, to provide greater consistency and oversight of the commercial-related loan administration at all four bank subsidiaries. New Board members have been added at NBG and BNB, and the Board-level compliance committees at these respective banks have been reorganized to better manage and monitor compliance with Formal Agreements. The level for risk grading decisions requiring review and approval by the Credit Risk Officers on Commercial Loans has been decreased to loans greater than $250,000. In addition, all Commercial Loans greater than $250,000, which meet certain other criteria, now must be reviewed annually by Credit Risk Officers. In addition, the Company’s centralized credit administration function recently completed a special review of loan files and loan risk grades for approximately 65% of the Company’s Commercial Loan portfolio. Procedures are being written to provide for better documentation of the subjective factors incorporated in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses.

93


d) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Financial Institutions, Inc.:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying (Item 9A (b)) Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Financial Institutions, Inc. (or the Company) did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, because of the effect of the material weakness identified in management’s assessment related to determining the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment: As of December 31, 2004, the Company identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting related to determining the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses, resulting from the following matters:

•  inexperienced and inadequately trained loan officers and credit analysts;
•  untimely identification of risk rating changes by loan officers upon receipt of new information on borrowers;
•  ineffective credit administration policies and procedures over the monitoring of risk ratings; and
•  insufficient documentation supporting the subjective factors incorporated in the Company’s calculation of the allowance for loan losses.

94


The aforementioned material weakness in internal control over financial reporting results in more than a remote likelihood that the Company’s allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses in its interim or annual financial statements could be materially misstated. These matters were consistent with the conclusions contained in Reports of Examination issued in late 2004 by the OCC with respect to NBG and BNB, which included findings of noncompliance with certain aspects of the formal agreements entered into by NBG and BNB with the OCC in September 2003.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Financial Institutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. The material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2004 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 15, 2005, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Financial Institutions, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Financial Institutions, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

KPMG LLP

Buffalo, New York
March 15, 2005

95


Item 9B. Other Information

Agreement with Investment Banker

The Company has been assessing its strategies for reducing the current levels of criticized and classified loans. Realizations of improvements from these strategies will require a considerable period of time. The Company is exploring a more immediate strategy, the potential sale of a substantial portion of these loans. On March 14, 2005, the Company retained an investment banker as an advisor to provide a review and assessment of those loans. The agreement, which includes the terms and scope of the services to be provided, is attached as Exhibit 10.3 of this Report.

Stock Ownership Requirements

In order to align the interests of executives and directors with the interests of shareholders, the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approved a Stock Ownership Requirement Plan for senior executives and directors that are effective January 1, 2005. The Stock Ownership Requirements are determined based on a multiple of the executive’s base salary, and in the case of a non-employee director, a flat dollar amount, and then converted to a fixed number of shares. Participants are required to achieve their requirement within five years from the effective date or the date they become a participant in the program. Until the requirement is achieved, each participant is required to retain at least 75% of net shares acquired through the Company’s Stock Option Program. The Stock Ownership Requirement Plan is attached as Exhibit 10.4 of this Report.

Senior Management Incentive Compensation

In 2004, the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors reviewed the Company’s Senior Management Incentive Compensation Plan and is implementing a revised plan effective for 2005. The purpose of the plan is to maximize the accomplishment of the Company’s objectives by providing discretionary incentive awards to those employees who attain high levels of performance, which contribute to the success and profitability of the Company. The new plan will give the Company greater flexibility to better match compensation with individual performance. The Senior Management Incentive Compensation Plan is attached as Exhibit 10.5 of this Report.

Departure of Principal Officer

On March 15, 2005, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement with Randolph C. Brown, which is filed as Exhibit 10.6 of this Report.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Beginning March 1, 2005, the Company will pay each non-employee director a fee of $1,200 for each meeting of the Board of Directors and $750 for each committee meeting attended. Committee chairmen will receive an additional fee of $800 for each committee meeting attended, or $500 in consideration of the amount of meeting preparation required, if the director is unable to attend. These changes represent a 7.8% increase in director fees. Board and committee fees were last increased in 2002. The Company will continue to pay non-employee directors an annual retainer of $10,000 with the Lead Director receiving an additional annual retainer of $15,000. The Company will also continue to grant non-employee directors 1,000 options annually vesting over a three-year period. Non-employee directors who are also directors at our subsidiaries will continue to be granted 200 options annually vesting over a three-year period.

96


Recent Executive Officer and Director Stock Option Grants

On February 23, 2005, the Management Development and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors approved stock option grants to executive officers who will be the named executive officers (the “Named Executive Officers”) as follows:
NameStock Options
Peter G. Humphrey16,659
Jon J. Cooper
Randolph C. Brown
Douglas L. McCabe4,170
Thomas D. Grover6,176

On February 23, 2005, the Committee also approved stock option grants to non-employee directors who are also directors at the Company’s subsidiaries as follows:

NameStock Options
John E. Benjamin200
Barton P. Dambra200
Sam M. Gullo200
Joseph F. Hurley200
James E. Stitt200
John R. Tyler, Jr.200
James H. Wyckoff200

All of the stock options were granted at an exercise price of $21.05, or 100% of fair market value on the date of grant. The executive officer stock options vest ratably over a four year period commencing one year after the grant date and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. The director stock options vest ratably over a three year period commencing one year after the grant date and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

Recent Executive Officer Bonuses

On February 23, 2005, the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors approved cash bonuses to be paid to executive officers in the following amounts:

     
Name Cash Bonus 
Peter G. Humphrey $29,151 
Jon J. Cooper  24,500 
Randolph C. Brown  13,122 
Douglas L. McCabe  29,000 
Thomas D. Grover  30,000 

97


PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant Certain

The information required by this item isunder the heading “Election of Directors and Information with Respect to Board of Directors”, which includes identifying the “audit committee financial expert” who serves on the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and the information under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” are incorporated by reference from the Company'sCompany’s Proxy Statement for its 20042005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

The following table sets forth current information about the executive officers of FII.

                
 
 Name  Age  Starting In  Positions/Offices with FII and Subsidiaries 
 Peter G. Humphrey   50    1983   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of FII (since 1994). Chairman of the Boards of Wyoming County Bank, National Bank of Geneva, Bath National Bank, First Tier Bank & Trust, Burke Group, Inc. and The F. I. Group, Inc. 
 James T. Rudgers   55    2004   Senior Vice President and Chief of Community Banking of FII. From 2002 – 2004 was Executive Vice President at Hudson United Bank Corporation. From 1997 – 2002 was Senior Vice President and Principal of Manchester Humphreys, Inc. 
 Jon J. Cooper   52    1997   Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of Wyoming County Bank. Director of Wyoming County Bank. 
 Douglas L. McCabe   57    2001   Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of Bath National Bank since 1998. Director of Bath National Bank. 
 Patrick C. Burke   44    2001   Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of The Burke Group, Inc. since 2001. Previous owner/partner of Burke Group. Director of The Burke Group, Inc. and The FI Group, Inc. 
 Gary M. Rougeau   55    1993   Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of First Tier Bank & Trust since 2003. From 1993 to 2003 was the Sr. Loan Administrator for First Tier Bank. Director of First Tier Bank & Trust. 
 Ronald A. Miller   56    1996   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of FII. Corporate Secretary of FII. 
 Thomas D. Grover   57    2002   Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of FII. From 2001 – 2002 was the Executive Director for Canisius College Center for Entrepreneurship. From 1999 – 2001 was Executive Vice President of Fleet Bank Small Business Services. 
 Matthew T. Murtha   50    2000   Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing of FII. From 1995 – 2000 was Small Business Segment Manager at HSBC. 
 

98


The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics is locatedposted on the Company'sCompany’s internet website at www.fiiwarsaw.com. In addition, the Company will provide a copy of the Code of Ethics to anyone, without charge, upon request addressed to Director of Human Resources at Financial Institutions, Inc., 220 Liberty Street, Warsaw, NY 14569. The Company intends to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of its Code of Ethics that applies to the Company'sCompany’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and that relates to any element of the Code of Ethics, definition enumerated in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, by posting such information on the Company'sCompany’s website. The following table sets forth current information about the executive officers of FII. 83
====================================================================================================================== Name Age Starting In Positions/Offices with FII and Subsidiaries ====================================================================================================================== Peter G. Humphrey 49 1983 Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of FII (since 1994). Chairman of the Boards of Wyoming County Bank, The National Bank of Geneva, Bath National Bank and First Tier Bank & Trust. Director of Burke Group, Inc. and The F. I. Group, Inc. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Jon J. Cooper 51 1997 Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of Wyoming County Bank. Director of Wyoming County Bank. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Douglas L. McCabe 56 2001 Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of Bath National Bank since 1998. Director of Bath National Bank. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Randolph C. Brown 50 1991 Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of The National Bank of Geneva since 2003. From 1991 - 2003 was President and CEO of First Tier Bank & Trust. Director of The National Bank of Geneva. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Patrick C. Burke 43 2001 Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of The Burke Group, Inc. since 2001. Previous owner/partner of Burke Group. Director of The Burke Group, Inc. and The FI Group, Inc. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gary M. Rougeau 54 1993 Senior Vice President of FII. President and Chief Executive Officer of First Tier Bank & Trust since 2003. From 1993 to 2003 was the Sr. Loan Administrator for First Tier Bank. Director of First Tier Bank & Trust. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ronald A. Miller 55 1996 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of FII. Corporate Secretary of FII. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Thomas D. Grover 56 2002 Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of FII. From 2001 - 2002 was the Executive Director for Canisius College Center for Entrepreneurship. From 1999 - 2001 was Executive Vice President of Fleet Bank Small Business Services. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Matthew T. Murtha 49 2000 Senior Vice President and Director of Marketing of FII. From 1995 - 2000 was Small Business Segment Manager at HSBC. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information under the headings “Compensation of Executive Officers”, “Summary Compensation Table”, “Stock Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year”, “Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year End Option Values”, “Benefit Plans”, “Employment Agreements”, “Election of Directors and Information regarding executive compensation on pages 10 through 14with Respect to Board of Directors” and “Stock Performance Graph” is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Proxy Statement for its 20042005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is incorporated herein by reference thereto. within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners ofunder the Company's management on pages 6, 7 and 17 ofheading “Stock Ownership” is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Proxy Statement for its 20042005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is incorporated herein by reference thereto. 84 within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2003,2004, regarding the Company'sCompany’s equity compensation plans.
Number of Securities to be Weighted Average Number of Securities Issued Upon Exercise of Exercise Price of Remaining Available for Oustanding Options, Oustanding Options, Future Issuance Under Plan Category Warrants and Rights Warrants and Rights Equity Compensation Plans - --------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------- 432,276 17.89 1,198,077 Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders Equity Compensation Plans not Approved by Shareholders -- -- --

             
  Number of        
  Securities to be      Number of 
  Issued Upon  Weighted Average  Securities 
  Exercise of  Exercise Price of  Remaining Available 
  Outstanding  Outstanding  for Future Issuance 
  Options, Warrants  Options, Warrants  Under Equity 
Plan Category and Rights  and Rights  Compensation Plans 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders  461,548  $19.21   1,168,805 
             
Equity Compensation Plans not Approved by Shareholders         

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information regarding certain relationshipsunder the heading “Certain Relationships and related transactions on page 16 ofRelated Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Proxy Statement for its 20042005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information under the headings “Audit Committee Report and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” is incorporated herein by reference thereto. 85 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Information regarding principal accountant fees and services and pre-approval policies and procedures on pages 9 and 10 ofto the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Proxy Statement for its 20042005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is incorporated herein by reference thereto. within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

99


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) List of Documents Filed as Part of this Report

(1) Financial Statements.

               The financial statements listed below and the Report of the Independent Auditors' ReportRegistered Public Accounting Firm are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

                    Report of Independent Auditors' ReportRegistered Public Accounting Firm

                    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 20032004 and 20022003

                    Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 2002 and 20012002

                    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders'Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 2002 and 20012002

                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 2002 and 20012002

                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Schedules.

               All schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable, not required, or is contained in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto. 86

100


(3) Exhibits.

     The following is a list of all exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Registration Statement. Report.

Exhibit No.DescriptionLocation - ------------- -------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
1.1Term and Revolving Credit Loan Agreements Filed Herewith between the Company and M&T Bank, dated December 15, 2003Contained in Exhibit 1.1 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 dated March 12, 2004
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of IncorporationContained in Exhibit 3.1 of the Incorporation Registrant'sRegistrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated June 25, 1999 (File No. 333-76865) (The "S-1“S-1 Registration Statement"Statement”)
3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws dated May 23, 2001Contained in Exhibit 3.2 of the Form 10-K May 23 ,2001 for the year ended December 31, 2001 dated March 11, 2002
3.3Amended and Restated Bylaws dated Filed Herewith February 18, 2004Contained in Exhibit 3.3 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 Dated March 12, 2004
10.11999 Management Stock Incentive PlanContained in Exhibit 10.1 of the S-1 Registration Statement
10.21999 Directors Stock Incentive PlanContained in Exhibit 10.2 of the S-1 Registration Statement
10.3Agreement with Investment Banker dated March 14, 2005Filed Herewith
10.4Stock Ownership Requirements (effective January 1, 2005)Filed Herewith
10.5Senior Management Incentive Compensation Plan (effective January 1, 2005)Filed Herewith
10.6Separation Agreement and Release for Randolph C. Brown dated March 15, 2005Filed Herewith
10.7Employment Agreement for Randolph C. Brown dated June 2001Filed Herewith
11Statement of Computation of Per Share EarningsContained in Note 14 of the Registrant'sRegistrant’s Consolidated Financial Statements Under Item 8 Filed Herewith
21Subsidiaries of Financial Institutions, Inc.Filed Herewith
23Consent of Independent Accountants' Consent Registered Public Accounting FirmFiled Herewith
24Power of AttorneyFiled Herewith
31.1Certification of Annual Report on Form 10-K Filed Herewith pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 -CEOFiled Herewith
31.2Certification of Annual Report on Form 10-K Filed Herewith pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 -CFOFiled Herewith
32.1Certification of Annual Report on Form 10-K Filed Herewith pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 -CEOFiled Herewith
32.2Certification of Annual Report on Form 10-K Filed Herewith pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 -CFO Filed Herewith
(b) Reports on Form 8-K The Company furnished a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 16, 2003 relating to a press release to announce the Company's third quarter 2003 financial results. 87

Act of 2002 -CFO

101


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC. Date: March 12, 2004 By: /s/ Peter G. Humphrey ------------------------------------ Peter G. Humphrey President and Chief Executive Officer

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INC.
Date: March 16, 2005By:Peter G. Humphrey
Peter G. Humphrey
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated have signed this report below.

SignaturesTitleDate ---------- ----- ---- /s/
Peter G. Humphrey
Peter G. Humphrey
President, Chief Executive Officer March 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- (Principal Executive Officer), Peter G. Humphrey Chairman of the Board and Director /s/ March 16, 2005
Ronald A. Miller
Ronald A. Miller
Senior Vice President and March 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- Chief Financial Officer Ronald A. Miller (Principal Accounting Officer) * Director March 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- 16, 2005
*
John E. Benjamin *
Director and Senior Vice President March 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- Jon J. Cooper 16, 2005
* Director March 12, 2004 - -------------------------------
Barton P. Dambra *
DirectorMarch 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- 16, 2005
*
Samuel M. Gullo *
DirectorMarch 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- 16, 2005
*
Pamela Davis Heilman
DirectorMarch 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- 16, 2005
*
Susan R. Holliday
DirectorMarch 16, 2005
*
Joseph F. Hurley *
DirectorMarch 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- Susan R. Holliday 16, 2005
* Director March 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- W.J. Humphrey, Jr. * Director March 12, 2004 - -------------------------------
James E. Stitt *
DirectorMarch 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- 16, 2005
*
John R. Tyler, Jr. *
DirectorMarch 12, 2004 - ------------------------------- 16, 2005
*
James H. Wyckoff
DirectorMarch 16, 2005
* The undersigned, acting pursuant to a power of attorney, has signed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for and on behalf of the persons indicated above as such persons' true and lawful attorney-in-fact and their names, places and stead, in the capacities and on the date indicated above. /s/ Ronald A. Miller - ------------------------------- Ronald A. Miller Attorney-in-fact 88


*The undersigned, acting pursuant to a power of attorney, has signed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for and on behalf of the persons indicated above as such persons’ true and lawful attorney-in-fact and their names, places and stead, in the capacities and on the date indicated above.
Ronald A. Miller
Ronald A. Miller
Attorney-in-fact

102